-ocr page 1-
^z^c
?V~— /*/?
-ocr page 2-
Age of the Domestic Animals
BEING A COMPLETE TREATISE ON THE
DENTITION OF THE HORSE, OX, SHEEP,
HOG, AND DOG,
AND ON THE VARIOUS OTHER MEANS OF DETERMINING THE
AGE OF THESE ANIMALS.
BV
RUSH SHIPPEN HUIDEKOPER, M.D.,
VETERINARIAN (ALFORT, FRANCE) : PROFESSOR OF SANITARY JfF.DICISK, ANI> VETERINARY JURISPRUDENCE, AMERICAN
VETERINARY COLLEGE, NK.W YOHK ; LIEUTENANT-COLONEL AND SURGEON-IN-CHIEF NATIONAL GUARD
OF PENNSYLVANIA I FELLOW OF THE COLLEGE OF PHYSICIANS, PHILADELPHIA;
HONORARY FELLOW OF THE ROYAL COLLEGE OF VETERINARY SURGEONS,
LONDON; LATE DEAN OF fHB VETERINARY DEPARTMENT,
UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA, ETC.
. -.
. ---
ILLUSTRATED WITH 200 ENGRAVINGS,
PHILADELPHIA AND LONDON:
F. A. DAVIS, PUBLISHER,
1891.
-ocr page 3-
Entered according to Act of Congress, in the year 1891, by
RUSH S. HUIDEKOPER,
In the Office of the Librarian of Congress, at Washington, D. C, U. S. A.
Philadelphia, Pa., U. S. A.
The Medieal Bulletin Printing House,
1231 Filbert Street.
-ocr page 4-
TO THE MEMORY OF
ARMAND GOUBAUX,
LATE DIRECTOR OF THE VETERINARY
SCHOOL AT ALFORT,
GUST AVE BARRIER,
PROFESSOR OK' ANATOMY AND EXTERIOR AT THE VETERINARY
SCHOOL AT ALFORT,
THIS WORK IS RESPECTFULLY DEDICATED.
IN RECOGNITION OF THEIR SCIENTIFIC TEACHINGS, FROM WHICH
I HAVE LARGELY PROFITED AND DRAWN, AND IN SINCERE
APPRECIATION OK THE MANY COURTESIES I
RECEIVED FROM THEM WHEN A
STUDENT AT ALFORT.
THE AUTHOR.
-ocr page 5-
-ocr page 6-
PREFACE.
As an owner of horses and dogs, and later           student,
practitioner, and teacher of veterinary medicine, the author has
constantly regretted the poverty of practical books on the
domestic animals, and has felt the want of accurate text-books
on many of the ordinary subjects concerning them. Upon the
age of the domestic animals there exist in English but incom-
plete and scattered writings; the best of them by writers of
the first half of the century, which have only been supplemented
in later years by short compends, or the publication of charts of
variable merit, with but a small amount of descriptive matter.
The author has attempted to prepare such a book as he
feels would have been of interest and service to himself in his
association with animals as a layman, and would have aided his
studies and appreciation of the anatomy of the teeth, dentition,
and the means of determining the age. He hopes, also, that
this work will furnish, to students and veterinarians, knowledge
which will aid in surgical operations on the mouth.
In French, German, and Italian the literature upon this
subject is much more complete, and the articles in these lan-
guages are much better illustrated; so that the author has drawn
freely in quotations and translations from the list of writers
found in the appended Bibliography, and has used many illus-
trations where he has not believed that new drawings would be
an improvement upon the older ones. He wishes to recognize
-ocr page 7-
VI                                                         PREFACE.
especially his indebtedness for many paragraphs which have
been freely translated, and for a majority of the illustrations on
the horse's age, from Goubaux and Barrier; for illustrations on
the dog, from Girard; to text and the use of illustrations on
the hog, from Dr. Olof Schwartzkopff; and the use of illustra-
tions on the human mouth, from the White Dental Manufac-
turing Company, of Philadelphia.
Rush S. Huidekoper.
Broadway, cor. Fifty-third Street,
New York, October, 1891.
-ocr page 8-
TABLE OF CONTENTS.
TAGIS
Preface,............v
Introduction,........, . . 1
Definition of age ; periods of age.
The Teeth,........                                  1
Dentition in the Horse..........9
Incisors: Temporary, permanent, structure, direction. Molars : Temporary, per-
manent, development and structure.
Eruption of the Teeth..........43
The incisors ; tusks ; molars.
Duration of the Life of the Horse.......4fi
Principles of examination for determining the age of the horse; characters fur-
nished by the teeth.
First Period...........53
Eruption of the incisors of first dentition: at birth, one week, one month, three
months, four months, five months, six months, ten months.
Second Period,..........64
Leveling, progressive use, and falling out of the incisors of the first dentition ; one
year, sixteen months, twenty months, two years.
Third Period,..........74
Eruption of the permanent or adult teeth; two and a half years, rising three
years, three years, three years off, rising four years, four years, four years off,
rising five years, five years, five years off.
Fourth Period...........'.12
Leveling of the permanent incisors; at six years, at seven years, at eight years.
Fifth Period,.........            100
Wearing away of the crowns; at nine years, at ten years, at eleven years, at
twelve years, at thirteen years, at fourteen years, at fifteen years, at sixteen
years, at seventeen years, after nineteen.
(Vii)
-ocr page 9-
VUl                                          TABLE OF CONTENTS.
PAGE
Irregularities of the Dental System.......122
Irregularities in number—augmentation; diminution; irregularities of form;
irregularities by uniting of two incisors; irregularities in form of the dental
cup—fissure ; irregularities in depth of the dental cups ; excess of hardness of
the teeth; excess of length of the dental cup; fault of length or size of one
jaw; excess of width of upper incisive arch; irregularities by excess or fault
of use; excess of length of jaws; excess of length of incisors; excessive
length of single teeth ; deficiency of length of incisors* deficiency of length
of crown of molars ; excess of length of crown of molars ; accidental irregu-
larities; irregularities from cribbing; artificial irregularities; removal of
temporary incisors; bishoping; dressed mouths.
Age op the Ass, Mule, and Hinny,......157
Age of the Ox,..........158
Dentition ; incisors, molars; table of eruption. Determination of age by the
teeth; eruption of temporary teeth ; wearing of the temporary teeth ; eruption
of permanent teeth ; leveling of permanent teeth ; wearing away of the crowns.
Determination of age by the horns.
Age of the Sheep and Goat,........175
Dentition; incisors, molars; eruption of temporary teeth; alteration during the
first year; eruption of permanent teeth. Determination of age by the horns.
Age of the Hog,.......... 184
Dentition ; incisors, tusks, molars. Determination of age by the teeth ; eruption
of temporary teeth ; eruption or permanent teeth ; table of dentition.
Age of the Dog,.......... 194
Dentition; incisors, tusks, molars. Determination of age by the teeth ; eruption
of temporary teeth ; eruption of permanent teeth. Determination of age from
OLher signs.
Age of Man,....... . . ..            203
Dentition, temporary, permanent; determination of age by the teeth.
Bibliography,..........211
Index, ............218
»
-ocr page 10-
J). F. van Esveld,
Utrecht.
Age of the Domestic Animals.
INTRODUCTION.
Age is defined by Webster as " the whole duration of a
being," or " that part of the duration of a being which is
between its beginning and any given time." It is not to be
confounded with the terra as applied to the various periods or
cpoclis of an animal's life, as the juvenile, adult, and senile,
which correspond to organic metamorphosis of distinct character
and to a marked change in the degree of functional activity.
The age of the domesticated animals is a matter of great impor-
tance in agricultural commerce, as, in the limited period during
which each of them is individually useful, a comparatively short
time diminishes greatly the extent of usefulness to which each
can be put, and consequently lowers its value as an investment.
The means which enable us to judge the age of an animal are
based upon certain anatomical and physiological changes which
occur in the course of the development of the newborn to the
adult animal, and in the deterioration of it from its period of
perfection to the decrepitude of its last years. These changes
are constant, and, while the animal retains its general form and
the tissues are chemically identical, there is a constant renewal
of the molecules, which is rapid early in life and slower later.
Age can be divided into three periods: First, juvenile, or the
period of growth, which extends from the birth of the animal
to its full development, during which it is gaining in size, in
strength, and in intelligence, and is constantly increasing in its
qualities and value. Second, adult, or the stationary period ; in
this the animal is at its best; it has every organ complete in size
and perfect in function, working in perfect harmony with the
rest of the body; its intellect has the most complete control
over its perfectly organized muscles, digestive tract, and other
(1)
-ocr page 11-
2
AGE OP THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
apparatuses, and it is capable of its best and greatest work;
in this stage there is an equilibrium established between the
waste and repair, and the activity of composition is equal to
that of decomposition. Third, senility, or old age, the period of
deterioration; during this period the animal may have the
strength of previous years, it may be capable of as great efforts,
and from experience may even display greater intelligence; for
specific purposes the animal may at this time be capable of ren-
dering even greater service than it could have given when
younger, but its efforts now demand a waste of tissues no longer
capable of rapid repair, and continual drains on its organs alter
them in size and depreciate them in function, and the whole
animal economy undergoes a steady deterioration in usefulness
and value.
These periods may be called that of growth, the stationary
period, and that of decline.
The veterinarian is the expert referee in all questions of
age, and any addition to our knowledge in regard to it needs
no apology.
If animals lived a perfectly equable life, the changes which
take place in their form and character would be regular and
easy to appreciate; but, from overwork, from the alterations
produced by excessive food, want of food, or irritant substances;
from the effects of variable surroundings, at times trying on the
constitution, at other times rendering the external tissues deli-
cate and sensitive to exposure, the wear and tear on them is
irregular. Excessive work in one animal and want of food in
another open easy avenues for the ravages of time, which would
not show on one which was better nourished and better cared
for. The well-bred colt training over fast miles from a yearling,
and the great draught-horse hauling a load of several tons in
our large cities, demand excess of food for their herculean tasks.
The greater quantity of food overtaxes the organs in proportion,
and, in the same number of years, one animal may live double
that of another in usefulness and functional activity.
-ocr page 12-
3
INTRODUCTION.
•' " We judge the age of an animal from its general aspect,
from the various changes in the conformation of the body, both
external and internal, and from the functional activity of its
various organs. All of these are to be examined in detail, and
the synthesis of the result usually gives us an accurate indica-
tion of its age. The most important details in judging of the
age, especially in the horse, are found in the teeth. We find
the wear and tear of these organs directly in relation to the
amount of aliment which they have had to handle, and the
amount of aliment directly in relation to the number of years
which the animal has lived; taking always into consideration
that the energetic draught-horse and the rapid race-horse, which
are obliged to do excessive work, will have their organs more
rapidly modified by the excessive nature of the work which they
are obliged to perform.
In the ox and sheep, again, the teeth are of great value in
judging of age, but the epidermic products in the shape of the
horns are also important factors after they have become adult.
In the dog, the teeth are valuable in indicating the age of young
animals, but in older ones we find that the variable mode of
life to which these animals are subject so modify these organs
that they are of little value, and in them we must look to altera-
tion of the epidermic appendages of the skin, and to conditions
in their general aspect, for our best guide.
In very young animals there is a decided disproportion be-
tween the length of the legs and the size of the belly and the rest
of the body, which varies with the species, the habits, and apti-
tudes of the animal. In the herbivora, where the young follow
their mothers to pasture and suck the udders standing, the legs
are long and capable of holding the animal immediately after
birth; the young see well and have the intelligence to avoid
ordinary dangers from the first day. In the carnivora, on the
contrary, whose search for food is often at a great distance, and
so fatiguing that the young could not follow the mother, the
young are born with legs too short for use and with closed eyes,
-ocr page 13-
\
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
which force them to remain quietly in their nests while their
mothers are away, and until they have acquired considerable
force and strength. In all species the young are born with a
short down over the body, which serves to protect them from cold
and wet; if the animals are pigmented, this is lighter in color
than the coat will be later. The brain and head are always
large, and overhang the little faces. The digestive tract is well
developed, and frequently gives the belly a swelled appearance.
The tissues are soft; the bones, scarcely formed, are flexible;
and while, on the one hand, they may favor deviations and de-
formity, on the other they allow of considerable displacement
in the helpless animal without injury to it; the liver is enor-
mous, from its activity in intra-uterine life; the lymphatic
ganglia are large, as are the thymus glands and supra-renal
capsules; the ventricular portion of the heart and the arteries
exceed the veins in size; the lungs are well developed, the
kidneys the same, and the nervous system is relatively ex-
cessive in size, while the organs of generation may be almost
rudimentary.
The functions of the organs are in co-relation with their
development. That of digestion is most prominent, and, in-
deed, is the first and only one in the very young animal, for
which it uses its intelligence to direct voluntarily, searching
and crying for food almost as soon as born, to find, at the
teats of the mother, the nutrition which was interrupted at
the rupture of the umbilical cord. Digestion and assimila-
tion of food take place rapidly; the circulation of the blood is
frequent; the secretion of saliva, pancreatic fluid, and bile is
active, while the excretion of waste matter is small. The rapid
chemical changes in the tissues of the very young is productive
of a high body temperature.
The function of relation is somewhat limited in the young
herbivora, which, however, see, can guide themselves, and move
considerable distances; the sense of hearing and taste is de-
veloped, while that of smell is almost absent. In the young
-ocr page 14-
INTRODUCTION.                                               5
carnivora, on the contrary, the function of relation is limited at
first to the search for and sucking of the mother's milk.
As the animal gets older its parts become more harmonious.
In the herbivora the body grows in all directions, the legs be-
come larger without lengthening proportionately, the head
elongates, the chest develops, and the belly recedes, until the
young has attained the form of the adult animal. This de-
velopment can be guided, hastened, and aided very materially
by judicious feeding and care on the part of man. In the
young carnivora the legs elongate after the other changes in
development have commenced.
As the animal grows the large intestine increases relatively
in size, the liver and kidneys diminish, the venous system in-
creases, the nervous system develops relatively much less, while
the generative organs and the special senses become perfect with
complete development of all the organs, and the establishment
of their perfect functional activity. The points of conformation
and character which distinguish the male from the female
become marked, while in the very young they were scarcely
appreciable.
In the adult or stationary period, the animals show the
distinctive characters of their species, race, family, and in-
dividuality. The bodies are harmonious, the bones are solidi-
fied, the organs are capable of auxiliary work, and may either
be \ised to produce force or as store-houses of latent force, in the
form of flesh, to be consumed and converted into force at a later
time. At this period the sexual organs are at their best, and
the sexual desire is most active.
In the senile or period of decline, the rounded lines of
the beautiful adult animal disappear, the bony points of the
skeleton become prominent, the back drops down, the skin
becomes dry and loses its elasticity, the hairs turn white, the
head becomes long and pointed, the eyes sink, the muscles
atrophy, the tendons contract, and the bones are subject to
inflammations. The organs lessen in activity until they are
-ocr page 15-
6
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
unable to supply the tissues with nutritive matter equal to that
which is destroyed and thrown off, and the animal emaciates.
The functions slow; the senses are diminished and finally
become extinct.
As the determination of age, in all of the domestic animals,
depends primarily on the alterations which take place in their
teeth, and, secondarily, upon other signs and changes, the sub-
ject will be taken up in regular order: First, the study of the
dentition of the animal, the number and structure of its teeth,
and the manner of eruption and the alterations which they
undergo by use; then the various other organs which undergo
characteristic changes with age will be described,—the horns
and other epidermic products, the alterations of form and of
expression.
The species of animal will be taken up according to its
importance and value as an article of commerce.
-ocr page 16-
THE TEETH.
The teeth are described by Cuivier as "mechanical in-
struments in the vertebrated animals, at the entrance of the
alimentary canal, designed to seize, cut, tear, bruise, and grind
nutritive substances, before their transmission to the mouth,
pharynx, and the oesophagus."
Professor Owen says: " They present many varieties as to
number, size, form, structure, position, and mode of attachment,
but are principally adapted for seizing, tearing, dividing, pound-
ing, and grinding the food. In some species they are modified
to serve as formidable weapons of offense and defense ; in others
as aids in locomotion, means of anchorage, instruments for
uprooting or cutting down trees, or for transport and working
of building materials."
Chauveau says: " Identical in all of our domesticated
animals, by their general disposition, their mode of development,
and their structure, in their external conformation these organs
present notable differences the study of which offers the greatest
interest to the naturalist, for it is on the form of its teeth that
an animal depends for its alimentation. It is the regime, in its
turn, which dominates the instincts and commands the diverse
modifications in the apparatus of the economy ; and there re-
sults from this law of harmony so striking a correlation between
the arrangement of the teeth and the conformation of the other
organs, that an anatomist may truly say : " Give me the tooth
of an animal, and I will tell you its habits and its structure."
All of the domestic animals have two sets of teeth: first,
those of first dentition, which appear at or soon after birth,
which are known as foetal, temporary, milk, deciduous, or
caducous teeth ; second, those of the second dentition, which are
known as replacing, persistent, or permanent teeth.
a)
-ocr page 17-
s
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
The teeth of both dentitions are placed in each jaw so as
to form more or less of an arch, or horseshoe, the convex por-
tion forward and the open end facing toward the posterior part
of the mouth and throat. These arches are subdivided into
three portions, an anterior, a lateral, and an intermediate, and
in each section the teeth have characters which distinguish them
from the others, and distinctive forms which indicate the use to
which they are adapted.
In the anterior arch the teeth are sharp-edged, and are
adapted for cutting or nipping the food ; these are called incisors
(incidere, to cut), and are most characteristic in the herbivora.
In the intermediate section the teeth are large, pointed,
and sharp, destined to tear the food or to serve as weapons of
offense and defense; these are called tus7cs, tushes, fangs, or
canine teeth; they are most developed in the carnivora, which
tear their food.
The lateral arches have broad, strong teeth, with flat sur-
faces, admirably fashioned for the grinding of the food, from
which they take the name of molars (molere, to grind), or
grinders. These are sometimes subdivided into premolars and
post-molars, or molars proper.
As the teeth on the two sides are symmetrical, for conveni-
ence of description zoologists have adopted the following formula
to indicate the number of teeth in either dentition or at any
given period of an animal's life; it gives only the teeth on one
side of the mouth :—
T rr incisors, T zr tusks, M := molars.
Thus, for the permanent dentition of the horse:—
Superior jaw) T 3 ,.,1 Af (> „.. . .. ., ,„
* . J y I -, T - , M _, = 20; both sides, 40.
Inferior jaw ) 3 1 6
Or, more simply:—
3 . 1 . (>
-ocr page 18-
DENTITION IN THE HORSE.
= 24
f Temporary,
Formula J
3
3
0  . 3
1   . 6
1.6
= 40
[ Permanent, .
The horse has thirty-six or forty teeth, according to the sex
of the animal, which are divided into three groups,—the incisors,
the molars, and the tusks. In front are the incisors, to each
side the tush or canine teeth, and still farther back, on the sides,
the molars. (Fig. 1.) The first are used to grasp and cut the
food, the second to tear it, and the third to bruise and grind it up.
Following their position in the jaw, the teeth form a parabolic
curve, known as the dental arches, of which there are two,—one
in the upper jaw and one in the lower jaw. These arches are
again subdivided into three portions, an anterior and two lateral.
The incisor teeth form the anterior part, in the shape of a half-
circle, convex in front. On each side, directly behind the in-
cisors is a space, larger or smaller, according to the sex of the
animal, which corresponds to the intermaxillary and maxillary
bones, and extends to the lateral part of the dental arch. This
is known as the interdental space. It is plain and extensive in
mares, because they ordinarily do not have tush teeth; but when
they do, as in the male, it is divided into two parts, known as
the anterior and posterior. The latter, in the lower jaw, is
known as the bar of the jaw. Further behind, to the right and
left, forming, as it were, branches or sides to the dental arch,
are found the molar teeth.
In the adult animal there are in each jaw six incisors,
two tush teeth, and twelve molars, making a total of forty for
the horse, and, without the tush teeth, thirty-six for the mare.
In the colt there are twelve incisors and twelve molars, the
latter divided into rows of three above and three below on each
side. In the young animal the tush teeth do not exist. How-
(9)
-ocr page 19-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS,
„ W"*
Fig. 1.
Complete dentition of the horse. P, pincher teeth ; I, intermediate teeth ;
C, corner teeth ; T, tush or canine teeth ; S M, supplementary premolars ; D M,
deciduous molars; M P, permanent molars.
-ocr page 20-
11
INCISORS.
ever, in the place where they will appear later, we sometimes
find small, rudimentary teeth with no denned shape. We again
sometimes find, both in the young and in the adult animal,
a more or less rudimentary premolar tooth, commonly known
as the wolf tooth, which raises the number in the adult animal
to forty-four.
INCISORS.
INCISORS OF FIRST DENTITION.
The milk-teeth, known also as deciduous or fcetal teeth, are
twelve in number,—six in each jaw, three on each side. The
Fig. 2.
A milk-tooth. A. posterior face; B, anterior face; C, profile.
middle ones are known as pincher teeth, the next as the inter-
mediate teeth, and the outside ones as the corner teeth. They
are at first imbedded in the body of the bone, and covered by
the gum; but when they have protruded from the alveolar
cavities they form a half-circle, convex in front. Compared
with the permanent teeth, they are shorter; they have a con-
striction in the centre which is known as the neck, which
divides them into a free portion or crown, and an imbedded por-
tion or root (Fig. 2). They are dead white, milky, or yellowish
white in color. The anterior face ot these teeth is convex in
both directions and roughened by little parallel, longitudinal
ridges and depressions, which, however, become worn off, and
-ocr page 21-
12                           AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
have a smooth and polished surface as the animal becomes oldeiv
The posterior face is concave from above to below, and slightly
convex from side to side. The internal border of each tooth is
thicker than the external. In a virgin tooth (Fig. 3), or one
which is not worn by use, the free portion of crown is divided
from in front to behind and limited by two borders, one anterior,
«, and the other posterior, b, which are separated by a cavity
known as the cup, c. The anterior border is the highest and
longest; it is shaped convex transversely, and is the first portion
of the tooth to come through the gum. The posterior border is.
"be a
Fig. 3.
Longitudinal section of a virgin milk-tooth in its alveolar cavity.
shorter and appears later, but soon reaches, however, the level
of the anterior border from the wearing down of the latter.
From the same cause the cavity or cup, which first existed,
gradually disappears. This is known as the leveling of the
teeth. The imbedded portion or root also contains a cavity,
known as the internal dental cavity, or pulp-cavity (rf), which
protects the papilla or pulp of the tooth; but as the animal be-
comes older the tooth elongates by the growth of its imbedded
portion, and the internal cavity diminishes in calibre and is
nearly obliterated by a deposit of bony substance; at the same
-ocr page 22-
13
INCISORS OF FIRST DENTITION.
Fig. 4, b.
Temporary incisors, front face, a, upper jaw ; b, lower jaw. The roots are
uncovered to show their position in the alveolar cavities.
-ocr page 23-
14
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 5.
Temporary incisors, profile and table. In profile the roots are uncovered to show
their position in tlieir alveolar cavities.
-ocr page 24-
~
INCISORS OF FIRST DENTITION.                               15
time the bone of the jaw increases in size, and the permanent
incisors form in them.
These develop behind the deciduous teeth, and are at first
separated from them by a bony septum, which, however, usually
becomes thinned, and the permanent tooth pushes the other out.
A, permanent incisor just before eruption ; B, deciduous incisor in place.
but sometimes they come from an independent opening and
the milk-tooth remains in place.
The absorption of the bone, by pressure of the developing
teeth, is frequently attended by constitutional phenomena, loss of
appetite, sluggishness, etc., and I have seen it produce convul-
sions in a colt two and a half years old.
There is an old superstition that the period of eruption of
-ocr page 25-
16                           AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
the permanent incisors predisposes the animal to the contraction
of contagious fevers.
PERMANENT INCISORS.
The permanent incisors are six in number in each jaw, like
the deciduous incisors which they replace; they, like the latter,
are known as the pincher teeth, intermediate teeth, and corner
teeth. They are longer than the milk-teeth, are more of a wedge-
shape, have no constriction or neck separating the crown from the
root, and are of a bluish-white, instead of the cream color of the
others. The permanent incisors (Fig. 7) are shaped somewhat
FIG. 7.
A virgin inferior permanent incisor. A, anterior face ; B, posterior face ; C, profile.
like an irregular cone, of which the base corresponds to the crown
or free extremity, and the summit to the root' or the imbedded
extremity. They are curved on their long axis, with their con-
vex face in front and their concave face behind, and they are
also somewhat twisted on their long axis; the pincher teeth are
slightly so, the intermediate teeth more so, and the corner teeth
sometimes make almost a decided S. The free portion, or
crown, is flattened from in front to behind, at the level of the
gums the two axes have about the same diameter, and the
root or imbedded portion is flattened from side to side.
-ocr page 26-
PERMANENT INCISORS.                                     17
The anterior face, which is widest above, is flat from sate
to side and convex from above to below. It frequently is
grooved by a little canal, which is most distinct on the free por-
tion of the tooth. The incisors of the upper jaw are more con-
vex than those of the lower jaw, and they frequently have two
little longitudinal canals instead of one. The posterior face is
convex and rounded from side to side and concave from above
to below. The internal border of the tooth is thicker than the
external; this is more marked in the imbedded portion than in
Fig. 8.
I. Longitudinal section of a permanent incisor, leveled. II. Eccentric and
longitudinal section of superior and inferior intermediate permanent incisor, to
show the differential characters of the dental cup.
t
the free portion. The free portion, or crown, is flattened from
in front to behind, and is hollowed out by a cavity known as
the external dental cavity or cup. (Fig. 7, B and C.) In the
virgin tooth there is a border in front and a border behind; the
latter is not so high as the first, but in old teeth these become
worn off until perfectly level, when the extremity of the tooth
takes the name of the table of the tooth. (Fig. 8, I, upper
extremity.)
The external dental cavity (Fig. 9, a a a), surrounded by
2
-ocr page 27-
18
AGB OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS
I
Fig. 9.
Longitudinal and anteroposterior sections of permanent incisors. P, pinchers;
I, intermediate ; C, corner ; a a a, free extremities ; l> 1) b, roots.
the cup of enamel, has an irregular, conical form, the base
toward the free extremity of the tooth itself and the point im-
bedded in the tooth toward its root, but inclined slightly toward
the posterior border, especially in the inferior tooth.
-ocr page 28-
19
PERMANENT iNCISOKS.
This is sometimes a hollow cup, but it is frequently filled
with cement, making the free extremity, even in the virgin
tooth, in such cases perfectly solid. The cups in the inferior
teeth are less deep than those in the superior incisors.
In the incisors of the lower jaw the pinchei' teeth have a.
cup with an average depth of 16 to 18 mm.; the cup of inter-
mediate teeth is 18 to 20 mm., and that of the corner teeth is
11 mm. to 13 mm. In the upper jaw the cup of the pinchers
is 25 mm. to 27 mm. deep; that of the intermediate teeth, 27
mm. to 28 mm. deep; and that of the corner teeth somewhat
less, 18 mm. to 20 mm. (Fig. 9, a a a; Fig. 12, c.) The cups
in the lower teeth incline nearer the posterior border of the tooth
than in the upper ones.
In the imbedded portion of the tooth there is a large canal
which holds the dental pulp or papilla, which is known as the
internal dental cavity. (Fig. 9, b ; Fig. 12, P.) Examine Fig. 9,
and we find that this cavity occupies the centre of the tooth, in
the root, but toward the crown inclines toward the anterior face
and penetrates between the latter and the cup of enamel. As
the tooth becomes older this cavity becomes filled with an ivory-
like substance, softer and darker colored than the rest of the
tooth, and when it appears on the table of the tooth, from the
wearing away of the crown, it is known as the "dental star."
In order to understand clearly the various forms which the
table of the tooth assumes as it wears away, a series of sections
are shown in Fig. 10, representing the table as it appears from
the use of successive years.
A.   The rubbing surface of the dental table is at first flat-
tened from in front to behind; that is to say, its transverse
•diameter is greater than the antero-posterior. (Sections 1 and 2.)
B.  It becomes oval; there is still a disproportion between
the extent of its two diameters, but the transverse diameter
remains greater than the antero-posterior. (Sections 3, 4,
and 5.)
C It becomes rounded and its two diameters are nearly
•equal. (Sections 6 and 7.)
-ocr page 29-
20
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
1                           -             9
B
Fig. 10.
Series of transverse sections of the right-hand inferior permanent incisors of
a five-year-old horse. A, forms flattened from in front to behind ; B, oval forms ;
Vt rounded forms ; D, triangular forms ; E, biangular forms.
-ocr page 30-
STRUCTURE OF THE INCISORS.                               21
D.   It becomes triangular and has three (3) borders, one
anterior and two lateral. The summit of the triangle looks
backward. (Sections 8 to 11.)
E.   Finally the table surface is flattened from side to side.
(Sections 12 to 16.) This last form characterizes very old age,
and lasts for the life of the animal.
Girard designated this form of the tooth as biangular.
Distinctive shape in the dental table is much more regular, and
gives a more reliable source of judging the age in the pincher
teeth than in the intermediate, and more so in the latter than in
the corner teeth. The same is true of the incisors of the upper
jaw, but it is rare that Ave examine the table of these as an aid
in judging age, except in old animals from sixteen years to
twenty and over.
STRUCTURE OF THE INCISORS.
The study of the structure of the incisors of permanent
dentition furnishes valuable indications for determining the age
of the horse. This study is an indispensable adjunct for the
complete appreciation of the descriptions which have preceded,
and will allow us to understand better the peculiarities of form
which we find on the table of the tooth in its changes from
year to year.
If we take as a type an inferior incisor at the moment of its
first appearance in the body of the jaw-bone, we find that it com-
mences as a germ, which consists of a sack (germ-follicle) into
the interior of which, protrude two papillae,—one superior, a, and
one inferior, b (Fig. 1.1), which look toward each other.
The first, the germ of the enamel («), is of a conical form,
and is placed in what will become the dental cup.
The second, the germ of the ivory (b), depressed from in front
to behind, fills the cavity which hollows out the root of the
tooth.
The surface of the first is destined to the formation of the
enamel of the tooth, which function it completes by the time
the tooth has appeared through the gum, when the papilla
disappears.
-ocr page 31-
22
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
The other, which forms the ivory or dentine, remains until
a more or less advanced period of the life of the animal, and
furnishes the tooth with its vitality.
In the interspace between these two papillary systems
is deposited the matter which constitutes the bulk of the tooth
(Fig. 11, d). This at first consists of a very thin, conical plate
hollowed out on the inside, and containing a deep depression
on its free extremity. Later,
the Avails of the dental fol-
licle (Fig. 11, c) are trans-
formed into the alveolar
periosteum. If we refer now
from Fig. 11, where we find
a, the papilla of the enamel;
b,  the papilla of the ivory;
d, the plate consisting of the
deposits of these two papillte,
—that is, the enamel and
dentine juxtaposited,—and
c,  the germ sac, which is to
become the alveolar perios-
teum, to Fig. 12, which is a
longitudinal antero-posterior
section of an inferior perma-
Fig. 11.
Schematic section of the dental follicle of an
inferior incisor in the horse, a, superior papilla,—
germ of the enamel ; 1>, inferior papilla,—dental
pulp or germ of the ivory ; c, wall of the follicle;
a, plate of enamel and dentine juxtaposited.
nent pincher tooth, fully
developed (somewhat en-
larged), we find E, the
enamel of the cup, surround-
ing this cavity, from which the papilla has entirely disappeared;
P, the cavity of the ivory papilla very much diminished in
size; /, the dentine occupying the major portion of the tooth,
having developed on the inner surface of the thin plate which
we found in Fig. 11. In Fig. 12, at T, which represents the
table* of the tooth after the borders have been worn, we find a
separation of the enamel of the cup and the ivory enamel (Fig.
12, E E), which we find continuous in Fig. 11, dd.
-ocr page 32-
23
STRUCTURE OF THE INCISORS.
Three substances enter
into the structure of the
teeth, — one fundamental,
the dentine or the ivory,
and two covering sub-
stances, which differ from
each other very much, and
are known as the cement
and the enamel.
1. The Cement (Fig.
12, G G).—The cement
forms the most superficial
layer; it is deposited di-
rectly upon the enamel over
the whole surface of the
tooth, and dips into the
cup, which it fills more or
less completely in different
subjects. Sometimes it is
excessively thin, 2 to 3
mm.; at other times it is
from 10 to 15 or even 20
mm. in thickness. It is
generally thicker in the
lower teeth than in the
superior. MM. Chauveau
and Arloing, in Fiance,
and Mr. Mayhew, in Eng-
land, were the first to call
attention to the importance
of this in judging age.
It will be readily seen
that the size of the cavity
in the dental cup depends
greatly upon the amount
of the cement which is
deposited in it. It is
Flo. 12.
Longitudinal and antero-posterior section of per-
manent incisor (enlarged). F A, anterior, F P, pos-
terior face; C, cement: E, enamel; I, ivory, or den-
tine ; T c, external dental cavity, or cup of enamel
lined with cement; P, internal dental or pulp cavity.
-ocr page 33-
94
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
exceedingly rare to find excess of depth due to increased depth
of the enamel, which condition will, however, be considered in
the study of the abnormalities of the teeth.
The cement is a protecting layer which offers only a mod-
erate resistance to the friction of food and other substances, and
disappears at an early date from the periphery of the tooth, while
Fig. 13.
Cementation of the roots of the incisors. A, dental tables; 8, roots in their
alveolar cavities.
it persists in the cup of the tooth so long as the latter remains
on the table, where it forms a whitish spot, surrounded by a
band of enamel. (Fig. 10, A, B, and C.) The cement is shown
by microscopical examination to be a bony formation, secreted
by the alveolar periosteum (germ sack), and is not a transformed
ivory or dentine as given by Simonds.
It is found in greatest quantity at the crown or free
-ocr page 34-
25
STRUCTURE OF THE INCISORS.
extremity of the tooth; but in very old horses, when the teeth
have worn down to the roots, and the dentine, no longer pro-
tected by the enamel, oft'ers a diminished resistance to the fric-
tion to which they are exposed, the irritation of the dormant
periosteum sets up a new secretion, and cement is thrown out
often in very great quantities to strengthen weak roots. As the
inferior incisors are the shortest, and the first to wear away, we
more frequently find the large masses of cement in the lower
jaw. We again find excessive deposits of cement around the
roots of the teeth when they have been loosened or irritated in
their cavities by the rough pressure of bits, or have been injured
by any accidental cause. This occurs most frequently in vicious
or playful horses which have the habit of biting roughly at
foreign bodies. We see in this a wise provision of nature to
succor these important organs after accident, and from the
effects of old age.
2. The Enamel (Fig. 12, EE; Fig. 11, outer surface of d).
—The enamel is the true protecting layer of the teeth. Under-
neath the cement it forms a sort of armor which covers the sur-
face of the dentine and forms the walls of the cup. It does not
reach the cavity of the pulp. It is thicker, and covers a greater
extent on the anterior face of the tooth than it does on the pos-
terior. (Fig. 12, E E.) This furnishes an important factor in
determining the age of very old horses, when the tooth either
becomes triangular or biangular. In the wall of the cup the
enamel has about the same thickness throughout, although the
difference of a transverse or an oblique section may give a
deceptive appearance of a greater thickness at one point than at
another
The enamel has a wonderful hardness. While still inclosed
in the germinal sack it is readily cut by a knife and its elements
can be dissected into Z-shaped prisms. From the moment
that it is exposed to the air it becomes so hard that it will strike
fire from flint. As it is more resisting than the dentine, it
constantly stands in relief on the surface of the table of the
tooth.
-ocr page 35-
26                            AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Histology.—The enamel is of epithelial origin, formed from
the superior papilla of the primitive follicle. On microscopical
examination it is found to be composed of an infinity of little
hexagonal prisms, intimately joined and directed obliquely to
the subjacent surface. The deepest layers lie immediately over
the peripheral lacunae of the dentine.
3. The Fundamental Substance, Dentine, Eburnated
Substance, or the Ivory (Fig. 12, /).—This constitutes the
major part of the tooth. It is produced by the inferior papilla
or pulp, has a deep depression in its free extremity for the dental
cup, and is covered by the enamel. It forms the walls of the
pulp-cavity. In the forming tooth, the dentine consists of a thin
layer juxtaposited to the layer of enamel formed by the superior
papilla (Fig. 11, d); but as the tooth develops, successive layers
are deposited on the interior of the first, and the ivory gradually
encroaches upon and diminishes the size of the papilla lodged
in the pulp-cavity until the latter entirely disappears.
The deeper layers have a darker color than the first, as in
their continual infringement on the vascular papilla they im-
prison a portion of its organic matter and blood-supply until
they have produced a complete atrophy of their progenitor.
This discoloration of the dentine we shall find later, on the
table of the tooth, under the name of the " dental star," which
becomes an important factor in judging of age after eight years.
Strictly speaking, there are two stars, but the posterior is very
rudimentary and of no practical importance. It is occasionally,
however, seen very distinctly.
In Fig. 14 we have a series of longitudinal antero-posterior
sections of incisor teeth from horses of different ages, which
show the gradual diminution of the pulp-cavity from the en-
croachment of the dentine. The dentine toward the root of the
tooth is always of a darker color than that toward the crown.
The ivory is less hard than the cement, but much more resisting-
than either the cement or the bone in which the tooth is imbedded.
Histology.—The dentine is channeled by a multitude of
canalieuU, which radiate from the pulp and after frequent anas-
-ocr page 36-
27
STRUCTURE OF THE INCISORS.
Jl
3 0
cd a
S £ i
*
5" £ '
■
>
CR ''
a
o ;
Ml
II'
«*
i
a
a
s
v <m
Ml
<
<—
H
P
o .
1>U>£
B1
—
!
&
et
p
C
&
V
s
5
»
9
&
£
a
4
"D
!
«
P
5?
p>
5'
p
_-i
n
1
j»
0
B?
_^
-'
"-*
»
i
r+
ity at
!
■i
a
ft
1
t.
M
0
difft
1
-4
3"
i
a
O
'/:■
§
|
B
Q
S
e*
-h
^
■
n
1_1
r* *3
'J-.
i
ft M
ft
SB
;c
I P
QB
* ►-
the
I
l*
a •■
a
la
5*
c-
s
o
1
r-
pt
1
>£
■*
ft
3
-
j^j
3
E*
<B
r+
B
o
*<
H
H»
SL
3
&
Sb
1
SO
1
5
**
3
a
a
ft
■^
3
E,
fffr
a
c+
B
~
N
I
i
SJ
1
i
|
3
g.
■S
W
■-*,
V
a
&
■**
89
g
1
#
St
=-
e*
2
I
I
f
I
gt
5
9
•a
f
5
crq
g
n
M
fin
i
s
ct- U
■ i
3
' C
l
c
i
-:
_
*>^
aa
-i
cd
!
; c
73
11
M
a
M
-5
i
5
5°
I
■ < o 3
tomoses terminate in lacunae under the deep layer of the enamel
(interlobular spaces of Czermak).
The Table of the Incisors.—The table of the incisors is
-ocr page 37-
28                           AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
the free portion or crown of these teeth, which becomes worn by
friction with the hard substances which the animal takes as food,
and by the constant contact with the teeth of the opposite jaw.
After the high anterior and lower posterior borders of the virgin
incisors have been worn away the table is established. At first
this consists, on each tooth, of an oblong plate, wider from side
to side, which is surrounded by the layer of cement directly
covering the peripheral layer of enamel; inside of this is found
the zone of yellowish and softer dentine, usually somewhat de-
pressed on account of its lesser resistance to friction; in the
FIG. 15.
Transverse section of an incisor tooth. Inferior, right side. A, anterior;
R posterior; E, peripheral enamel; E', central enamel; C, peripheral cement;
C, central cement; I, ivory, or dentine. (Enlarged.)
middle, the central enamel or border of the cup surrounds the
variable quantity of cement which may be deposited in it.
(Fig. 10; Fig. 12, A; Fig. 15.)
As the table gradually encroaches upon the wedge-shaped
tooth (Fig. 16), it becomes proportionately narrower in its trans-
verse diameter, and as it becomes oval in shape the cup is found
nearer the posterior border of the tooth instead of in the centre.
The dental star, or dark-colored dentine which takes the place
of the papilla, now appears between the cup and the anterior
border of the tooth (Fig. 12, P; Fig. 10, B.). A still further
-ocr page 38-
29
DIRECTION OF THE INCISORS.
destruction from use brings the table to the middle of the
original" tooth; when it assumes the round form, the cup of
central enamel has disappeared, and the dental star is now mid-
way between the anterior and posterior borders. (Fig. 10, C.)
Still further use brings the triangular form, and finally the
biangular; in these two forms the dental star gradually becomes
larger, and, at times, when the papilla has not been entirely
replaced by the dentine, a cavity is found which, by the un-
informed, has been mistaken for the cup (Fig. 10, C and /)), but
should not be, as there is no surrounding enamel. Figure 16
shows the forms at the various parts of the original tooth.
The Direction of the Incisors.—
The direction of the incisors, or the posi-
tion which they hold in regard to the jaw,
is to be studied first in profile, considering
the relative angle which the incisors of
the upper and lower jaws have to each
other; and second, in face, considering the
position which they hold in regard to the
median line.
Direction of the Plane of Con-
tact of the Two Jaws (Fig. 17).—In a
young horse the incisors meet and form
an arch which, if viewed in profile, rep-
resents the half of a circle; so that a
Fig. 16.
tangent drawn from the point of contact schema of sections of wedge-
°                                                  1                                                    shaped incisor.
of the two jaws is perpendicular to their
tables. But as the progressive wearing of the table brings
it nearer to the roots of the teeth, the half-circle changes to
the form of an ogive, which becomes more and more acute
as the surface of contact, which is displaced above and below
parallel to itself, extends gradually from the primitive diameter.
Consequently the tangents, a a', b b', c c', drawn from the new
points (a, b, c) of contact of the arches, are no longer perpen-
dicular to this point, but tend to become parallel.
As the angle of incidence of the incisors increases in
-ocr page 39-
30
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
obliquity with age, and the horizontally of their arches in-
dicates approximately the degree of the alteration,—excepting,
of course, certain abnormal changes to be studied later,—we
have in the profile of the jaw a valuable factor by which to
judge of the age of the horse.
Direction in Eegard to the Median Line (Fig. 18).—
In the young horse, the crowns of the six incisor teeth widened
from side to side, while their roots are flattened in their trans-
Arch of the incisors, uncovered to show their successive planes of contact.
verse diameter, cause the teeth to take a position on the end of the
jaw like the ribs of an open fan. They diverge from the alveo-
lar cavities, in which they are imbedded in the bone, toward the
circumference formed by their crowns. But, as age advances,
the crowns become worn off, and the teeth are pushed farther
and farther out of their cavities. The roots, which were at first
almost in contact with each other, gradually separate and widen,
while the circumference constantly diminishes as the teeth
-ocr page 40-
THE TUSHES, TUSKS, CANINE TEETH.                        31
become worn down, until they assume a parallel position, and
finally converge, instead of diverging, at their free extremities.
The intermediate teeth become separated from the pinchers on
the one side, and the corner teeth
become separated from them on
the other, until a distinct space
is visible between them, which is
filled by a pale gum.
En resume in regard to the
general direction of the incisors:—
1. The incidence of the
arches acquires a greater obliquity
with age. 2. Their incurvation
and their transverse diameter di-
minish. 3. The teeth, at first di-
verging from their roots, become
parallel and finally converge
toward their free extremities.
THE TUSHES, TUSKS, CANINE TEETH.
The tushes are four in num-
ber in the adult horse; they are
rudimentary or absent in the
mare. In certain sections of the
country superstition has attributed
sterility to mares provided with
them, which is, however, abso-
lutely unfounded.
The superior tusks are placed
one on each side of the upper in-
terdental spaces, at the point of
Incisors of the two jaws (roots un-
covered), seen by their anterior face to
show their direction in regard to the
median line.
union of the superior maxillary
and intermaxillary bones. The lower ones are placed on either
side of the maxilla, always closer to the incisor teeth than those
of the upper jaw, so that they are invariably in front of the latter.
The canine teeth are curved in their long axis with the
-ocr page 41-
32
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
concavity backward, and they project slightly outward. The
external face is covered with small, longitudinal, parallel stria-
tums. The internal face has a conical eminence pointing toward
the free extremity of the tooth and separated from its borders by
deep gutters. The tusks have a pulp-cavity relatively much
larger than that of the incisors, which, however, also becomes
filled with a discolored dentine as the tooth advances in age.
As the tusks become used they show in their centre a dental
star, which sometimes is very dark in color. *While the tusks.
Fig. 19.                                                                   Pig. 20.
Upper right-hand canine tooth of a horse.          Longitudinal antero-posterior section of a
A, external face ; B, internal face.             horse's canine tooth. U S, superior canine;
V I, inferior canine.
may be» subject to much use from the friction of food, the
tongue, lips, and the bit, they are always prominent, even in
very old horses. Goubaux and Barrier have seen one case in
which the tusks of the upper and lower jaw were in contact.
Structure.—The tusks are composed of ivory or dentine,
inclosing a pulp-cavity and surrounded with enamel.
There are no temporary tusks in the horse, although small,
rudimentary spicuia sometimes are found before the permanent
teeth appear.
-ocr page 42-
MOLARS.
PBEMOLA RS—WOLF-TEETH.
These teeth, which were first described by Daubenton, are,
not found in all horses. They occur much more frequently in',
the upper jaw than in the lower one, and are rarely found in
both in the same animal. Girard says that they usually appear
about the tenth month, and drop out at the time of the eruption
of the permanent molars. The alveolae arc usually directly in
front of those of the first molars. They are, however, frequently
a half-inch or more in front of the others, and often remain until
the animal has reached an advanced age. Their presence ren-
ders the dental formula slightly variable (forty-four for the horse
and forty for the mare). The wolf-teeth are elongated and
slightly curved on their long axis; they resemble a good deal
the incisive teeth of the carnivora, from which, perhaps, comes
their common name. Their roots are unicuspid. Girard de-
scribes supplementary post-molars, which, however, are not
recorded by other authors, and were probably anomalous teeth.
MOLARS.
The molars fill in the sides of the dental arch ; like the
incisors, they appear in two groups,—the temporary and per-
manent teeth.
MOLARS OF FIRST DENTITION.
The deciduous, temporary, milk, or molars of first dentition,
are twelve in number,—six in each jaw, three on each side.
By some curious error, the father of veterinary anatomy, Carlo
Ruini, 1598, and his immediate followers, considered that there
were but eight temporary molars.
These teeth are strong, short, and have the general form
of quadrangular prisms, except the first in each row, which is
triangular.
The anterior and posterior faces are smooth ; in the upper
jaw the first tooth lias three longitudinal canals on its external
3                               (33)
-ocr page 43-
:u
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
face, while the second and third teeth have two; the internal
faces are irregular, slightly concave in their long axis, and show
canals very much less marked than those on the outside.
The inferior teeth on their external face have a single gutter,
which is deepest in the first tooth and most shallow in the last;
on their internal face they are irregularly grooved. All of the
milk-molars have a constriction or neck separating their crowns
Fig. 21.
The three superior temporary molars (right). F I, internal face ; F E. external face.
from their roots. They have each two roots, one anterior and
one posterior. These are strong, convex outside and concave
inside; each is hollowed by an opening which reaches into the
tooth itself. Just before being forced out by the permanent
teeth the roots are sometimes divided into little eminences by
the pressure of the irregularities on the crowns of the latter.
The free extremities of the virgin milk-molars are irregular and
-ocr page 44-
MOLARS OF SECOND DENTITION—PERMANENT MOLARS.        35
covered with ridges and cavities, but the external border of the
superior teeth and the internal border of the inferior teeth are
always longer than the opposite border, so that they present
two oblique planes, which become more marked as the teeth
wear down. As the animal becomes older the molars wear
down till they are reduced (Figs. 23 and 24) to little thin plates,
Fig. 22.
The three inferior temporary molars (right side). F i, internal face ; F E, external faee.
which fit close to, or cap, as it were, the crowns of the replacing
molars, by which they are finally forced out from the jaw.
MOLARS OF SECOND DENTITION—PERMANENT MOLARS.
These are twenty-four in number,—twelve in each jaw, six
on each side. They are designated numerically from in front
to behind, as the first, second, etc. The three first, which
-ocr page 45-
m
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
replace the temporary molars, are known as pre-molars, and the
last three as the jyost-molars. Each row of six molars forms a
branch of the dental arch, which in the upper jaw is slightly
convex to the outer side, while in the lower jaw it is perfectly
straight, with the anterior extremities inclined toward the other,
so that they form a sort of V, and are overlapped by those of
• the upper jaw.
Fig. 23.
A. transverse section of the lower jaw. showing the third temporary molar
and its relation to the permanent molar which replaces it. B, third inferior per-
manent molar, capped by the worn temporary molar.
The permanent molars have the shape of quadrangular
prisms flattened from side to side, except the first and sixth,
which are triangular.
Superior Molars.—The posterior faces are almost smooth,
except in the sixth molar, where the face is replaced by a blunt
edge; the anterior faces are also smooth, except that of the first
molar, which is replaced by a sharp border.
-ocr page 46-
MOLARS OF SECOND DENTITION—PERMANENT MOLARS.        %1
The external faces have two longitudinal gutters separated
by a ridge; the first molar has three gutters with two ridges;
the internal faces have two shallow gutters on the first molar
and one on each of the others, which is closer to the posterior
border of the teeth in the last ones. There is no neck or dis-
A, transverse section of the upper jaw, showing the left third temporary
molar and its relation to the permanent molar which replaces it. K, third perma-
nent molar, capped by the worn temporary molar.
tinctive line (Fig. 24) separating the crown or free extremity
from the roots or imbedded extremity of the permanent molars.
The free extremity is triangular in the first and sixth teeth, and
quadrangular in the others. In the virgin tooth it has an ir-
regular surface resembling an Old English |t, with loops looking
-ocr page 47-
38
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 25.
Right-hand superior molars of a horse 6 to
7 yearn old. First molar at top of figure.
Fig. 26.
Left-hand inferior molars of a horse 6 to 7
years old. First molar at top of figure.
-ocr page 48-
MOLARS OF SECOND DENTITION—PERMANENT MOLARS. 39
toward the inside and surrounding cavities, which are more
or less filled with cement; to the anterior loop is attached a
small, secondary loop. The external border is always longer
than the internal. As the tooth wears and the table is estab-
lished, the cavities disappear. At first the imbedded portion is
hollowed by cavities, which reach the body of the tooth itself
and contain the papilla, or pulp, formed principally of blood-
vessels and nerves; later, these resolve into distinct roots, three
each for the first and sixth molars, and four each for the others.
According to Girard, these become distinct at five years of age.
Fig. 27.
Superior permanent molar (right side),—virgin tooth. E, external face ;
I, internal face ; E I, surface of contact.
(Fig 27.) If the head is placed horizontally the first molar is
found imbedded in a vertical position, while the others incline
somewhat from below to above and from in front to behind.
The superior molars are implanted in alveolar cavities, pris-
matic like the teeth, and separated from each other by bony
septa, which are thin at their free borders and thicker above.
The bottoms of the three last project into the maxillary sinuses,
while those of the three first are in the superior maxillary bone
itself. In very old horses the sinus may reach the root of the
third or even second tooth.
-ocr page 49-
40
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Inferior Molars.—The anterior and posterior faces are
flat, except the posterior of the sixth tooth and the anterior of
the first tootli, which are replaced by sharp edges. The ex-
ternal faces have one longitudinal gutter in the first five teeth
and two in the sixth tooth. The internal faces have three
gutters in the first and sixth teeth and a variable number in the
others. The free extremity is triangular in the first and sixth
molars and quadrilateral in the others; but these are narrower
from side to side than from in front to behind. They are longer
on their internal border than on the external, and have the Old
English <3§ turned with the loops outward. The imbedded por-
tion is bicuspid in the first five teeth and unicuspid in the
sixth. The divisions of the roots diverge; each contains a
cavity for the pulp.
DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF THE MOLARS.
In the superior molars the papilla of the enamel in the
Fig. 28.
A right superior molar taken from the dental follicle. A, view from free
end; B, view from the imbedded portion; a, anterior infundilmla; a', posterior
infundibula; e, external border of the infundibula; i, internal border of the in-
fundibula ; e, accessory column of the anterior infundibula.
germinal sack is double and penetrates into the tooth, forming,
practically, two infundibula, one anterior and one posterior, in-
stead of one cup, as in the incisor teeth. The papilla of the
pulp makes five diverticula, which almost appear to be as many
separate cavities.
In the inferior molars there are two infundibula, one occu-
pying the middle portion of the tooth and one toward the an-
terior portion, which allows us to recognize a left-hand inferior
molar from its right-hand homologue. The arrangement of the
-ocr page 50-
DEVELOPMENT AND STRUCTURE OF THE MOLARS.             41
infundibula of the papillae of the root is practically the same as
in the superior molars.
The molars, like the incisors, are composed of a funda-
mental substance and two covering layers.
FiQ. 29.
Grinding table of a superior                               Table of an inferior molar
molar (left).                                                             (right).
A. The Enamel forms the bulk of the tooth. It covers the
four faces and is reflected into the infundibula. On the table
Fig. 30.
Transverse section of superior molar (left). Enlarged.
of a molar which has been worn down it forms the bright lines
which form the Old English |5.
B. The Ivory or Dentine is deposited on the internal face
of the enamel, and finally fills up the diverticula of the pulp-
-ocr page 51-
42
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
cavity. At first it is entirely protected by the enamel, but as
the table is formed it becomes exposed, and, as it is softer than
the other substance, becomes worn more rapidly, and renders
the wearing surface uneven and better adapted to grinding.
Fig. 31.
Transverse section of an inferior molar (right). Enlarged.
G. The Cement is very abundant on the molars. It covers
the enamel, fills the infundibula of the enamel, and, in very old
mouths, is often formed in excess, and furnishes a new wearing
surface to replace the teeth themselves, which have been
destroyed by use.
-ocr page 52-
ERUPTION OF THE TEETH.
ERUPTION OF THE INCISORS.
The eruption of the deciduous incisors does not cause any
marked constitutional phenomena, although it may cause some
slight loss of appetite,—due, however, rather to the local pain in
chewing than to any general disturbance. With the appearance
of the permanent teeth the head increases in size and becomes
more full, which is due principally to the space demanded for
the large molars of second dentition.
The appearance of the permanent teeth is a period of
general irritation of the animal economy. The first attack of
periodic ophthalmia frequently appears at this time; colts seem
more susceptible to contract strangles and other of the contagious
diseases.
Sometimes the temporary incisors drop out before the ap-
pearance of the permanent teeth; in this case they leave a small
ulcer in the gum, which is followed by a swollen, red, sore
point, through which finally the replacing tooth appears by its
internal corner, which is followed by the anterior border, set
not in its future proper position, but obliquely to the axis of the
jaw. When the temporary teeth have been pulled to hasten
the age, as is a growing custom in some of our neighboring
markets, the obliquity remains, and when found in an apparent
five- or six-year-old mouth should always be regarded with sus-
picion. At other times the milk-teeth remain, and the permanent
ones protrude on their posterior border. Convulsions may occur
by excessive pressure and irritation in these cases. The incisors
of the upper jaw usually appear before those of the maxilla.
The pincher, intermediate, and corner teeth appear in succession
by pairs.
Causes which can Hasten or Retard the Eruption of the
Incisors of the Second Dentition.—All ordinary horses are
* (43)
-ocr page 53-
44                           AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
supposed to be born on the 1st of May, while thoroughbreds;
are supposed to be born on January 1st, and each dates its age
accordingly. We may, therefore, have horses which officially
have the same age vary from each other in their real age by
some months.
Races which develop slowly, a debilitated temperament, and
an impoverished nourishment, all tend to retard the eruption of
the teeth, while, on the contrary, precocious races, strong feeding,
etc., hasten the appearance of the full mouth. Gestation in the
young mare retards the eruption of her teeth, especially of the
corner teeth, which mark the five years. In cold, damp climates
the teeth are several months later in appearing than they are
in warmer and dryer climates. The thoroughbred and all
improved horses develop their full mouths earlier than their less
well-bred relations. Exceptions may occur in both extremes.
A rising three-year-old has .been known to have all of its per-
manent incisors, and more frequently a six- or seven-year-old is
seen with its corner milk-teeth.
ERUPTION OF THE TUSKS.
The appearance of the tusks is so variable that it is of little
value as an indication of age. They are usually absent in the
mare, and in the horse or gelding may be out at three years, or
may not pierce the gums until the animal has had all of its
other permanent teeth. The lower tusks frequently appear
almost a year in advance of the upper ones. They usually appear
at about the same time as the corner incisors.
ERUPTION OF THE MOLARS.
As the young horse becomes older the deciduous molars
become worn down until they only exist as thin plates which
cap the crowns of the first three molars of permanent dentition
and are but loosely held in their alveola. They become broken,
and the sharp points wound the neighboring cheek, causing
difficulty of mastication, which can frequently be relieved by
removal of the loosened teeth.
The two first molars of first dentition are through the
-ocr page 54-
ERUPTION OF THE MOLARS.                                     45
gums at birth, or within a few days of it. The third appears at
the end of the first month. The authorities are not in accord
as to the appearance of the permanent molars, as will be seen
in the following table:—
Designation of
Tooth.
Epoch of
Eruption.
Designa-
tion of
Tooth.
Perma-
nent
Molars.
Epoch of Eruption.
Superior
Molars.
Inferior
Molars.
Secellier.
Mayhew.
Girard.
4th
5th
1st
1st and 2d
2d and 3d
6th
■6th and 3d
10 and 12 mos.
20 and 24 mos.
30 and 36 mos.
32 and 36 mos
40 and 42 mos.
44 and 48 mos.
12 months.
18 and 24 mos.
36 months.
60 months.
4th
5th
1st and 2d
6th
8d
4th
5th
1st
6th
2d
3d
10 months.
20 months.
30 and 32 mos.
36 months.
4 and 6 years.
According to Secellier, the inferior milk-molars fall con-
stantly before those of the upper jaw, while the eruption of the
permanent molars of both jaws takes place at the same time.
-ocr page 55-
DURATION OF THE LIFE OF THE HORSE.
According to Buffon, the duration of the life of the horse
is, as in all other species of animals, proportionate to the dura-
tion of its growth. Man, who is fourteen years in growth, lives
six or seven times that length of time; that is to say, he may
live to 90 or 100. The horse, which requires about four years to
attain its growth, may live six or seven times that length of
time ; that is, to twenty-five or thirty years. Examples which
are contrary to this rule are so rare that they need hardly be
regarded as exceptions of consequence; as the more common
draft-horses acquire their growth in less time than better-bred
horses, they also live a shorter time,—fifteen or sixteen years.
According to Bourgelat, " the age of the horse can be esti-
mated at eighteen to twenty years. The number of those which
pass this age is excessively small."
Aristotle noted that horses which are nourished in stables
live for a shorter time than those which are raised in herds ; the
conditions of slavery and domesticity diminish their powers of
resistance to the wear and tear of life.
Athenaeus and Pliny claim to have known the horse to
attain the age of sixty-five or even seventy years. Augustus
Nipheus speaks of a horse belonging to Ferdinand I which was
over seventy, but these observations are only exceptions similar
to those which we sometimes find in the human species.
Hartman and Buffon both note that the life of mares is
generally longer than that of horses. This observation was
already made by Aristotle (Hist. Animal., lib. v), and corre-
sponds to the same rule in the human race, where women gen-
erally live to a greater age than men. Hartman claims that it
is " an undoubtable sign that a breeding horse is well bred and
in good health when it is slow in development. Those which
do not attain their complete growth until six or seven years, ex-
cepting in cases of accident, are useful for twenty years or more,
(46)
-ocr page 56-
47
DURATION OF THE LIFE OF THE HORSE.
and may still be sound and healthy at thirty years. The other
ones, on the contrary,—those which attain their growth in four
years,—rarely pass the age of twenty."
The great, heavy draft-horses, which attain their growth in
even less time, are already aged at ten or twelve years. Exam-
ples of horses of thirty, thirty-six, and forty years of age would
not be so rare among our animals if the tyranny and hard usage
imposed upon them by men did not aid greatly to shorten their
lives. Ordinarily, as soon as a horse has seen its best days, it is
sold from the stable in which it has been kept, to be replaced by
more useful animals, and it goes rapidly into the hands of the
hackman and the huckster, doing harder work with less nour-
ishment, until it becomes completely used up, and depreciates to
the value of the knacker's price.
Among the principal causes which modify the longevity of
the horse may be counted the length of time of development,
the size of the horse, the work to which the animal is put, and
the care which it receives.
We find certain races and certain individuals which are pre-
cocious in their development, and other races and subdivisions
of families in which longevity is hereditary.
M. Bouley says: "There are tardy races and precocious
races. In the last the precocity is the result of the combined
influence of heredity and alimentation, in which the organic
formation acts in a precipitous way, as it were, in those in-
dividuals which compose it, and we find a hasty achievement of
development; from which it results that the duration of their
first part of life is so much shortened, and, as a fatal conse-
quence, also that of their whole life; for this more rapid de-
velopment, impressed on their organisms, has no other termina-
tion, from the industrial point of view, which produces it, than
to hasten the moment of death."
The small races of horses and small individuals last usually
for a longer time than larger ones. We can make no satisfac-
tory explanation of this, unless it is that in the larger animals
the wear and tear is greater from the very fact of the animal
-ocr page 57-
1*
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
having so much more to >take care of in itself. The character
of work to which the horse is put is an important factor in
shortening the life,—due to the fatigue entailed and the using
up of the powers of the organs. We find that a horse with a
quiet and docile disposition will perform heavier and rougher
work, with less deterioration in its animal economy, than one
alongside of it of a nervous and excitable disposition. The more
calm and quiet life of horses in the country is less prejudicial to
their existence than the bustle and confusion of the great
industrial centres and crowded streets of our large cities.
Again, the necessities of rapid and variable work and
irregular hours of feeding in great cities predispose to internal
diseases, while the greater loads and rough pavements lead to
strains of tendons, wrenches of bones, bruised feet, arid other
injuries which soon render the animals unserviceable, or condemn
them to return to the softer ground, lighter work, and more
regular life of the country, with, however, a broken-down con-
stitution. The care which the horse receives from its keeper—
which, of course, includes the regulation of work and feed—is an
all-important matter. A kind, judicious owner will work horses
for years and keep them sound and in good condition, doing a
vast amount of work; while in the next stable, under the guid-
ance of a careless or brutal owner, equally good horses will
perform less work and become worthless in a short time.
The word "used" applied to horses has become synony-
mous with the word " aged " applied to man, and indicates the
time when the animal has become prematurely old.
Examples are not rare in which the horse has attained the
age of thirty, thirty-six, forty, and even more years, and has
been in perfect health and capable of moderate useful service.
PRINCIPLES OF EXAMINATION FOR DETERMINING THE AGE OF THE
HORSE'.
To any one accustomed to horses it is an easy matter to dis-
tinguish at sight the very young from the adult horse, and the
middle-aged from the very old animal. In very old animals
white hairs commence to show in the neighborhood of the
-ocr page 58-
PRINCIPLES FOR DETERMINING THE AGE OF THE HORSE. 49
temples and around the eyes and the nostrils, if the color of the
animals is dark; gray and f"oan horses become very much lighter
in color, and even at times nearly white ; the inferior extremity
of the head becomes pointed, and the sides of the face become
depressed; there is an evident change in the line of the back and
loins, which become depressed (sway-backed). The aplomb of
the legs and the blemishes found on them are common
witnesses of work which has lasted for a number of years.
In addition to the examination of the teeth, which is
frequently considered the only point that need be looked at to
determine age, there are many other points which are of very
great value.
We have seen that the molar teeth of the very young
animal are deeply imbedded in the alveolar cavities of the jaw-
bone, and that when the animal becomes older the teeth are
gradually pushed out from these cavities as the free extremities
of the tooth become worn away. The molars are pushed out and
the jaws become thinner by absorption of the bone, which is no
longer needed as a bed for holding the teeth, which are dimin-
ished in size. We find, then, that, as the horse becomes grad-
ually older, the branches of the jaw-bone, which in the young
animal were thick and rounded, become gradually thinner and
sharp on their border, and form a very accurate indication of
the approximate age of the animal.
In an old Arab book of agriculture, by Ibn-el-Awamm,
written about the twelfth century, it is stated that " one of the
signs by which an old horse can be recognized is to pinch be-
tween the thumb and index finger the skin of the forehead and
draw it out, and then to let go of it quickly. If the skin re-
turns promptly to its place and becomes perfectly smooth, the
animal will make a good horse," etc.
In Aristotle we find the same statement prescribed as an
indication of age: " If the skin returns promptly to its place
and leaves no wrinkle, the animal is young; if the skin remains
wrinkled, it is old."
An old and neglected, but useful, means of approximating
4
-ocr page 59-
50                          AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
the age of old horses is by means of the " knots " in the tail.
These knots are little, prominent eminences on either side of the
base of the tail, formed by the transverse process of the coccygeal
bones. The processes can be felt in young horses, and become
especially prominent after the emaciation of a severe illness, but
in this case they are rounded and are apparently continuous with
the other tissues, while in old horses, due to absorption in the
bone itself, they become more distinct, and seem to stand out
in the muscles and softer structures of the tail.
The knots are felt distinctly at the base of the tail when
the horse has attained the age of thirteen years. In two years
later, when they have become more prominent, they have be-
hind them a distinct little depression two or three lines in width.
At sixteen a second pair of knots are found, which, like the first,
in about two years, have behind them a distinct depression, and
so on, every three years, a new pair of knots furnish an approxi-
mately accurate indication of the age of the animal.
The teeth, however, are by far the most important wit-
nesses of the age of the horse. The examination of these,
which includes the incisors, the tusks, and the molars, shows
(a) if the incisive arch is composed of teeth of the first or second
dentition, or of both; (&) if there is a normal number of them;
(c) the situation, length, breadth, and the angle which they
have in the maxillary bones ; (d) if the tables of the teeth touch
each other, or if one overreaches the other, which somewhat
modifies the leveling of the table; (e) the color and substances
on the face of the teeth; (/) if they have been subjected to
fraudulent handling.
In the incisors we study the form and details of the table,
the direction and length of the tooth, and the condition of the
corner tooth. In the tusks we note the amount of use to which
the teeth have been subjected, their direction and their length.
In the molars we look for the number and the dentition to
which they belong, the condition of their grinding surface, their
length and direction and the integrity of their substance, and
that of the gums which surround them.
-ocr page 60-
CHARACTERS FURNISHED BY THE TEETH.                    51
CHARACTERS FURNISHED BY THE TEETH.
The reader may, perhaps, have wondered why we should
have gone into such minute detail in the anatomical description
of the teeth, but an accurate knowledge of all these details is
absolutely necessary, when we take into consideration the slow,
insensible, and variable wearing, producing often only trivial
changes, which are, however, important guides.
Washed incessantly, rubbed, used, and broken as the teeth
are by the action of the saliva, the lips, the cheeks, the tongue,
and the food which the animal takes, we have to take into con-
sideration every detail of their structure, their position, the breed
and general condition of the animal, and the surroundings in
which it has been raised. A thoroughbred with dense bones
and hard teeth will wear the latter away much more slowly than
a coarse-boned, lymphatic, common horse with softer substances
in the teeth. The character of food to which a colt has been
accustomed will stimulate or diminish the functional activity of
the tooth, and, while hard substances would naturally wear a
tooth faster than softer food, yet the animal which has been
raised on the former will often have harder teeth than one
which has not had to use them so severely.
Any one who has only teen accustomed to examine the
mouths of horses of one section of country will find that he
must extend his ideas and adapt himself to a new condition of
things, when called upon to judge of the age of horses from
another region.
If a horse's mouth presents' exactly the characters which
indicate a certain number of years of growth, we say that it " is
— years;" if it has not quite attained the age, it is described as
"rising — years;" if it has passed the period and has not yet
attained the markings of another year, it is counted as " —
years off."
The natural division of the two periods of age, as indicated
by the temporary and the permanent teeth, is subdivided as
follows:—
1. The period of eruption of the incisors of first dentition.
-ocr page 61-
52                           AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
2.   The leveling of these teeth and their progressive use.
3.   The period of the falling out of the deciduous teeth
and the appearance of the permanent ones.
4.   The leveling of these latter.
5.  The successive forms which their tables present as the
teeth become worn away.
-ocr page 62-
FIRST PERIOD.
ERUPTION OF THE INCISORS OF FIRST DENTITION.
At Birth.—At the birth of the foal the incisors have not
yet pierced the gums. The anterior border of the pincher and
intermediate teeth can be seen under the mucous membrane,
which is rendered paler than the surrounding tissues by their
pressure. (Figs. 32, 33, 34.)
About One WeeJc.—The pincher teeth have generally ap- -
peared in from six to eight days, the upper teeth preceding the
lower by twenty-four or forty-eight hours. At this age the
teeth are of little importance; for the general aspect of the
animal, its manner of walking, which is still unsteady, and
the condition of its hairs show that it is but a few days old.
(Figs. 35, 36, 37.)
About One Month.—The intermediate teeth appear between
thirty and forty days, just as the interior border of the pincher
teeth commence to be worn. (Figs. 38, 39, 40.)
About Three Months.—There are now four teeth in the
upper and four teeth in the lower jaw; the pinchers have com-
menced to wear on their posterior borders; they are entirely free
from the gum. (Figs. 41, 42, 43.)
About Four Months.—The incisive arch has become wider;
the inferior intermediate teeth are free from the gum; their
anterior border has commenced to be worn away toward their
inner edge as it comes in contact with the corresponding supe-
rior teeth. (Figs. 44, 45, 46.)
About Five Months.—The pincher teeth have pushed through
the gums to the line of the neck of the teeth; the intermediate
teeth are worn on their anterior borders ; the mucous membrane
is often sensitive along the posterior border of these teeth on
account of the corner teeth, which have commenced to push out.
(Figs. 47, 48, 49.)
(53)
-ocr page 63-
54
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
About Six Months.—The intermediate teeth have pushed
fartlier out; their posterior borders have come in contact with
each other. In the region of the corner teeth the mucous mem-
brane is puffy and congested; sometimes even at this age the
anterior border of the corner teeth shows under the soft
tissues.
About Eight to Ten Months.—The anterior borders of the
corner teeth are seen through the mucous membrane. The in-
termediate teeth are entirely through the gums to the level of
their neck. The inferior incisive arch forms a regular half-
circle. (Kgs. 50, 51, 52.) It is not important to be more
precise at this age, as various causes influence and produce
slight variations in the eruption of the teeth and in their leveling.
Some animals are strong and vigorous, while others are weak
and feeble; some have been well fed, Avhile others have been
nourished badly; and, again, we find individual peculiarities of
precocity and tardiness in the eruption of the teeth as in other
evidences of development. At the outset, the foal only uses
the milk of its mother; at this time there is little friction and
using of the teeth, except from their simple position and con-
tact witli each other. As the foal gets older and commences to
use fibrous and resisting food the incisors wear away more rap-
idly ; there is always the most use in the pincher teeth. More-
over, during this first period of the life of the animal, while it
is still with its mother, other conditions allow us to judge with
sufficient accuracy as to the age of the animal, which is not
readv to be sold or removed until it has been weaned.
-ocr page 64-
AT BIRTH.                                              55
FIG. 32.
Fig. 33.                                                                                  Fig. 34.
At Birth (Figs. 32, 33, 34).—The incisors are not yet out. The
mucous membrane still covers the teeth, which are about to appear. In
front are seen under the gums the two pinchers, above and below. In
profile are seen the intermediate teeth, less developed than the pincher
teeth. The jaws are rounded. The dental table shows on the side a
little ridge formed by the anterior border of the pinchers, with a less
distinct elevation for the intermediate teeth on the side; the edge of the
teeth near the symphysis of the jaw is higher than the outer edge, and
comes through first.
-ocr page 65-
56
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 35.
Fig. 36.
Fig. 37.
One Week (Figs. 35, 36, 3t).—The pincher teeth are through the
gums. In face, the anterior borders are seen. In profile, the gums
are thinned on the intermediate teeth. The tables show the anterior
borders of the pinchers through and depressions over the posterior
borders.
-ocr page 66-
57
ONE MONTH.
Fig. 38.
Fig. 40.
One Month (Figs. 38, 39, 40).—In front the pincher teeth, which
appeared during the first week, are in contact with each other; their
anterior face is striated with little gutters. On the side, the anterior
border of the intermediate teeth is seen. In profile, the jaws are seen
thicker; the gums still cover part of the anterior face of the inter-
mediate teeth. The dental tables are uncovered in the pinchers. There
is a slight use of both borders of the teeth above: below, the anterior
border only has been worn. The membrane still covers the posterior
border of the intermediate teeth and a portion of their dental cup.
-ocr page 67-
58                            AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 42.                                                                               Fio. 43.
Three Months (Figs. 41, 42, 43).—From in front, the pincher teeth
are seen almost entirely free, though the gums still encircle the base of
their free portion. The intermediate teetli are in contact by the internal
portion of their anterior border. In profile, the jaws are seen wider,
thicker, and less curved ; the intermediate teeth are not yet completely
free. Their free borders are separated behind ; the dental tables are
slightly used ; both borders of the intermediate teeth are slightly worn
toward their inner edge. The incisive arch increases in extent trans-
versely.
-ocr page 68-
59
FOUP. MONTHS.
Fig. 44.
Fig. 46.
Fig. 45
.Fowr Months (Pigs. 44, 45, 46).—From in front the transverse
diameter of the jaws is increased ; the intermediate teeth are further out.
-ocr page 69-
GO
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 47
Fig. IS.
-ocr page 70-
6]
FIVE MONTHS.
Pig. 49.
Five Months (Figs. 4T, 48, 49).—The jaws are thicker and the in-
cisive arch is wider transversely. From in front the intermediate teeth
are seen almost entirely free. In profile these teeth are in contact by
the whole extent of their anterior border; the table of the pinchers are
more worn, especially above. In each jaw the anterior border of the
intermediate teeth is worn almost for its whole length ; the posterior
border is less worn. Below is seen, under the mucous membrane, the
internal edge of the corner teeth, which are preparing to pierce through.
They form a little elevation of the mucous membranes placed imme-
diately behind the internal border of the corresponding intermediate
teeth.
-ocr page 71-
62
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 50.
Fig. 51
-ocr page 72-
63
TEN MONTHS.
Fis. 52.
Ten Months (Figs. 50, 51, 52).—These jaws come from a pomr which
was rather tardy in marking its age; nevertheless, they are useful plates
from which to study the diverse characters of this period. The pinchers
and intermediate teeth are entirely free from the gum ; the anterior face
of these teeth is polished, the little striations or canals are less visible;
the intermediate teeth, which have been in contact for some months, are
worn on both borders. The corner teeth are just appearing, but are not
yet in contact with each other. The wearing of the pincher teeth is
greater than that of the intermediate teeth.
-ocr page 73-
SECOND PERIOD.
LEVELING, PROGRESSIVE USE, AND FALLING OUT OF THE INCISORS
OF FIRST DENTITION.
About One Year.—The corner teeth have protruded from
the gums, but the inferior ones are not yet in contact with the
superior teeth. The inferior pinchers, if not leveled, are at least
very much used on both their borders. The incisive arch com-
mences to be a little depressed in the centre. The superior pinchers
and intermediate teeth just commence to wear at their posterior
borders. (Figs. 53, 54, 55.)
About Sixteen Months.—The superior corner teeth meet the
inferior and commence to wear at their anterior border; the
necks are clear of the gums. Often at this time the inferior
pinchers are leveled, but the intermediate teeth are rarely more
than slightly worn. The incisive arch is flattened in front.
(Figs. 56, 57, 58.)
• About Twenty Months.—The inferior corner teeth are nearly
leveled; the superior ones are less so. The inferior pinchers
stand out from the gums, and the intermediate teeth are often
leveled. The incisive arch becomes less convex. (Figs. 59,
60, 61.)
About Two Years.—The inferior dental arch is completely
leveled at the pinchers and intermediate teeth, and the superior
arch is nearly so. The superior pinchers stand out from the
gums, and behind them is found a moderately sensitive swelling,
—due to the permanent teeth, which are pressing on the gum of
the palatine arch. The intermediate teeth are free from the
gums above and below. The incisive arch has widened from
side to side and the pinchers and intermediate teeth form almost
a straight line. (Figs. 62, 63, 64.)
(64)
-ocr page 74-
65
LEVELING, PROGRESSIVE USE, ETC.
Girard thought that the pinchers were leveled at ten
months, the intermediate at one year, and the corner teeth at
fifteen to twenty-four months, but this is too definite; the
leveling of the temporary incisors is somewhat irregular, and is
considerably modified by the depth of the cups, the amount of
cement which they contain, and the character of the food upon
which the animal is fed. Experience will teach the observer
to place much value on the condition of the corner teeth, the
amount of wear of the superior incisors, and upon the color,
which gradually becomes darker. At the end of this period
the pinchers become broken, loose, and ready to fall from their
sockets; they are less solidly fixed in the jaw and may be
broken off, or are pushed out naturally by the permanent teeth,
which replace them.
During this period, especially during the second year, the
variations in the amount of wear of the teeth in different animals
may be very marked ; but, by a careful comparison of the use
which each pair of teeth—pinchers, intermediate, and corners—
have undergone, and, with close observation of the development
and size of the bones, taking into consideration the intermaxil-
lary bones, and the width and thickness of the body and
branches of the maxilla, a very close differentiation of a month
or two may be made. Especial note must be made of the
amount of gum which still covers the crown of the teeth, or
their freedom from the gums, the discoloration on their surface,
the polishing off of the small striations, and the evidence of the
protrusion of the permanent teeth under the gums behind the
deciduous teeth.
5
-ocr page 75-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
66
Fig. 53.
Fig. 54.
-ocr page 76-
ONE YEAR.                                               67
Fro. 55.
One Year (Pigs. 53, 54, 55).—All of the deciduous incisors can be
seen from in front; the pinchers and intermediate teeth are entirely free
from the gums. In profile the superior corner teeth are not yet in con-
tact with the inferior teeth. The tables show a decided use on the pos-
terior borders of the intermediate teeth, which, however, is subject to
variation, according to the height of the posterior border in different
colts. There is generally seen at this time in the anterior border a
3'ellow line, elongated transversely, which represents the elementary
dental star. The corner teeth are still virgin. Comparison must be
made between the wear of the pincher teeth and that of the borders of
the intermediate teeth, and according to the amount of use which the
latter have had the animal can be judged as rising or off the age indi-
cated by the other marks.
-ocr page 77-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
68
111™
Fig. 56.
Fig. 57.
-ocr page 78-
69
SIXTEEN MONTHS.
Fig. 58.
Sixteen Months (Figs. 56, 57, 58).—All of the teeth are in contact.
The superior corner teeth are in apposition with the inferior, and have
commenced to be leveled in both jaws ; the enamel of the cups and the
peripheral enamel are separated ; the crown of the tooth is entirely free
from the gum. Often at this period the inferior pinchers are leveled,
and sometimes the inferior intermediate teeth are also leveled. In the
upper jaw the tables of all teeth are entirely formed, the incisive arches
lose their convexity.
-ocr page 79-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
70
Fig. 59.
Fig. 60.
-ocr page 80-
71
TWENTY MONTHS.
FIG. 61.
Twenty Months (Figs. 59, 60, 61).—-This mouth comes from a
thoroughbred colt, which was grain-fed from birth. It represents more
use than should be at this age. The inferior corner teeth are leveled on
their anterior border ; the superior corners are somewhat worn, but not
even comparatively to the degree of use of the pinchers and interme-
diates. The inferior pinchers are completely worn, and the inferior in-
termediate teeth are leveled ; the incisive arch has become less convex,
but not wide enough for a two-year-old; a bit of the gum still remains
around the roots.
-ocr page 81-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
72
Fib. 62.
Fig. 63.
-ocr page 82-
TWO TEARS.                                               73
FIG. 64.
Two Tears (Figs. 62, 63, 64).—This mouth comes from a common-
bred colt which had no grain feed. It was two years and twenty-six
da3's old. From in front the pinchers and intermediate teeth are seen
free from the gums, indicating that they are pressed on by the permanent
teeth. In profile, the corner teeth are free to their necks. The tables
are well worn, and the dental stars show. The cups of the superior
intermediate teeth are free from the peripheral enamel. The incisive
arch is widened transversely.
-ocr page 83-
THIRD PERIOD.
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT OR ADULT TEETH.
This period commences at the age of two or two and a
half years, and finishes at five years.
About Two and a Half Years.—Successive falling out of
the temporary pincher teeth; swelling of the gums and appear-
ance of the anterior borders of the permanent pinchers. Ordi-
narily these teeth appear in the superior jaw first, and the
piercing of the gums is completely effected in about six weeks
to two months.
Rising Three Years.—As the colt is approaching the age
of three years, we find in the superior jaw the permanent
pinchers wholly out of the gums and almost reaching the level
of the temporary intermediate teeth. In the inferior jaw, the
borders and sometimes a greater extent of the free extremities of
the teeth have appeared through the gums, though the teeth are
still virgin; the intermediate temporary teeth are free from the
gums at their neck, and very much worn. The corner teeth
are worn so that they touch each other by their external
borders. (Figs. 65, 66, 67.)
Three Years.—At three years of age all of the permanent
pinchers are out of the gums and have reached the level of the
temporary teeth. The permanent pinchers are wider trans-
versely, square, and darker in color than the temporary teeth,
and show little gutters on their anterior face. They differ dis-
tinctly from the others, which are smaller, more convex, have a
constriction in the neighborhood of the gums, are whiter, and
are not marked with gutters.
(74)
-ocr page 84-
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT OR ADULT TEETH.             75
The time of the year and the race of the animal must be
taken into consideration in determining the completion of three
years. The better breeds of horses attain that age in mid-
winter, while those of more common races do not attain it until
the months of March, April, or May.
Three Years Off.—When the colt is several months from
three years of age the permanent teeth are well used on their
borders and in contact with each other, but the dental cups are
not yet complete circles, as the enamel which forms them is still
connected with the peripheral enamel toward the borders of the
teeth. The intermediate teeth are very much worn, protrude
from the gums, and are sometimes broken and ready to fall out.
The tables of the corner teeth have become very much larger
and almost cover the external borders of the teeth. (Figs. 68,
69, 70.)
Rising Four Years.—Eruption of the permanent inter-
mediate teeth and progressive falling out of the temporary inter-
mediate teeth mark this period. The permanent intermediate
teeth appear, but have not yet reached the level of the tables of
the corner teeth, and are not yet worn. The central enamel in
the pincher teeth surrounds the dental cup, which is flattened
from in front to behind, and is almost distinct. The corner
teeth commence to be free at their necks from the gums.
(Figs. 71, 72, 73.)
Four Years.—Each jaw shows four permanent teeth, with
their tables on the same level; the intermediate teeth are worn
both on their anterior and posterior borders, but the dental cups
are not entirely separated from the outside peripheral enamel.
Often the inferior pincher teeth are leveled, especially in well-
bred horses. The temporary corner teeth stand out from the
gums and are completely worn. (Figs. 74, 75, 76.)
Four Years Off.—Loosening and successive falling out of
the temporary corner teeth, which are worn to stumps, scarcely
fastened in their alveolar cavities. Sometimes one or more of
-ocr page 85-
76
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
the corner teeth have fallen out, and we find the inferior borders
of the permanent corner teeth appearing first, more frequently
in the upper jaw. The pinchers and intermediate teeth are
well worn. At this period we frequently find anomalies in the
eruption of the teeth. It is not rare to see the intermediate and
corner teeth appear at the same time; so that an animal which
is only four or four and a half years of age may have the teeth
which ordinarily indicate five years. (Figs. 77, 78, 79.)
Rising Five Years.—The four temporary corner teeth have
fallen out and are replaced by the adult teeth. These last have
not yet reached the level of the intermediate teeth and are not
yet worn. The pinchers are leveled; their central enamel,
elongated from side to side, is found farther and farther away
from the anterior border of the dental table. The tables of the
intermediate teeth are distinctly formed. (Figs. 80, 81, 82.)
Five Years.—The mouth is complete; the incisive arch is
semicircular and regular in shape; all of the permanent teeth
have reached the same level. The anterior borders of the corner
teeth are completely worn. The posterior are not yet worn.
(Figs. 83, 84, 85.) '
Five Years Off.—The above characteristics are more distinct.
The age has been more marked by the continual friction and
amount of work to which the corner teeth have been subjected.
In the superior incisive arch, the posterior borders of the corner
teeth rarely commence to be worn. The profile of the incisives
shows a regular one-half circle, convex from above to below.
During this period, besides the causes already referred to
which produce hasty or tardy eruption of the permanent teeth,
other influences may act. Traeger, veterinarian at Doehlen,
noticed that gestation in the young mare delayed the eruption
of the permanent teeth; he also observed that continuous preg-
nancies diminished the wearing of the teeth. During this pe-
riod the tusks may make their appearance, or they may be
delayed until after all of the incisors are in place. In cases of
doubt, a further examination should be made as to the con-
-ocr page 86-
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT OK ADULT TEETH.             77
dition of the molars. By reference to the table of the eruption
of these teeth it will be seen that the first permanent molar
appears between the thirtieth and thirty-second months, the
second at about three years, and the third at four to five years.
The same rule as given for the second period applies here also,
and a close comparison should be made of the comparative
wearing of the pincher, intermediate, and corner teeth, as the
first or second pair may be advanced in use and not correspond
to the freshness of the delayed later teeth.
-ocr page 87-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
78
Fig. 65.
Fig. 66.
-ocr page 88-
79
RISING THREE YEARS.
Fig. 87.
Rising Three Years (Pigs. 65, 66, 67).—From in front, in the upper
jaw, the two permanent pincher teeth are seen not yet opposite to the
level of the intermediate deciduous teeth ; below, the adult pinchers are
just coming through the gum, showing a small portion of their anterior
face. In profile, the intermediate teeth are very much worn, and the
constriction on their neck is pushed out beyond their gums ; the corner
teeth are much shortened ; the dental table shows slight wear of the
superior pinchers, which has been produced by the eruption of these
teeth before the inferior temporary pinchers had fallen out, and, conse-
quently, they have worn against the latter. The intermediate teeth are
completely leveled ; the corner teeth are much used.
-ocr page 89-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
80
Fig. (
Fig. 69.
-ocr page 90-
81
THREE TEAKS OEF.
Fig. 70.
Three Years Off (Figs. 68, 69, 70).—From in front the four per-
manent pincher teeth are seen, much larger and stronger than the
neighboring teeth. The anterior borders of the superior pinchers are
oblique, and their external borders are not yet in contact with the cor-
responding part of the inferior teeth. In profile, the intermediate teeth
are seen much used ; the corner teeth are short, and show the constric-
tion at their neck. The tables are worn off level. Between the corner
and the intermediate teeth on the left is seen the protrusion of gum
made by the permanent intermediate tooth which is shortly to appear.
The dental tables of the inferior intermediate teeth are very much worn,
the superior teeth somewhat less so. The inferior cprner teeth are
entirely leveled. In this mouth the tables of the inferior pincher teeth
are the most worn, as these teeth came out before the superior ones did.
6
-ocr page 91-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
82
Fig. 71.
Fig. 72.
-ocr page 92-
RISING FOUR YEARS,                                       83
Fig. 73.
Rising Four Years (Figs. 71, 72, 73).—From in front are seen the
eight adult incisors ; the pinchers in contact with the opposite ones, and
intermediate teeth not yet out to the level of the pinchers. In profile,
this is also seen in this mouth. The corner teeth are very much worn ;
the tables of the pinchers are considerably worn, making almost a com-
plete separation of the central, or cup, enamel from the peripheral
enamel. This advanced wear of the pincher teeth is not in direct
harmony with the amount of use of the corner teeth.
-ocr page 93-
84
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 74.
Fig. 75.
-ocr page 94-
FOUR TEARS.                                         85
Fig. 76.
Four Years (Figs. 74, 75, 76).—From in front the four superior per-
manent teeth are seen in contact with the inferior teeth. The jaw has at-
tained such a width that the corner teeth are almost hidden. In profile,
the latter are seen to be very small. The superior ones have commenced
to be pushed out from the jaw. In the lower jaw are seen the tush teeth.
The tables of the intermediate teeth are much worn, especially in the
upper jaw, in which the eruption took place first. The central enamel
is only separated in the superior left-hand teeth ; the inferior corner
teeth are almost leveled, the superior ones completely so. The latter
are being pushed out, and show their roots.
-ocr page 95-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
86
Fig. 77.
Fig. 78.
-ocr page 96-
FOUR YEARS OFF.                                            87
Four Years Off (Figs. 11, IS, 79).—In front the intermediate per-
manent teeth are seen in contact with each other; the inferior and
superior left-hand permanent corner teeth have appeared. In profile, it
is seen that these teeth have not been completely pushed through the
gums. The tush teeth have appeared. The right-hand superior milk-
tooth is ready to fall out; nothing remains but its roots. The inferior
tooth on the same side is leveled, but still firmly imbedded in the jaw.
The superior intermediate teeth, which preceded the eruption of the
inferior teeth, show considerable wear. The cups have formed in the
pincher teeth.
-ocr page 97-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
88
Fig. 80.
Fig. 81.
-ocr page 98-
RISING FIVE TEARS.                                    89
FlQ. 82.
Rising Five Years (Pigs. 80, 81, 82).—The four corner temporary
teeth have been replaced by the permanent teeth, but these are not on a
level with the intermediate and are entirely virgin. The tables of the
other teeth show a more decided use than those in the last figures.
Above, the cups are formed in both the pincher and intermediate teeth;
the cups are nearly formed in the inferior intermediate teeth.
-ocr page 99-
90
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 83.
Fig. 84.
-ocr page 100-
91
FIVE YEARS.
Fig. 85.
Five Tear? (Figs. 83, 84, 85).—The mouth is entirely made; all of
the permanent teeth have reached the same level in both jaws. The jaws
are convex in both directions; the tush teeth have completed their
eruption. The corner teeth have commenced to wear on their anterior
border; the pincher teeth are leveled, but the cups are still elongated
from side to side and are very narrow; they commence to approach to
the posterior border of the teeth. This form of cup indicates that in
these teeth the cups are very shallow. The incisive arches form a regular
half-circle.
~Ju
-ocr page 101-
FOURTH PERIOD.
LEVELING OF THE PERMANENT INCISORS.
During this period the signs furnished by the dental appa-
ratus become more difficult to recognize, and the determination
of the exact age is less precise than at an earlier period. The
points to be examined from six years are, first, the wearing of
the corner teeth, the form of the transverse diameters of the
teeth, the position of the central enamel on the surface of the
table, and the general outline of the incisive arch.
At six years, after the complete leveling of the teeth, the
tables of the pinchers commence to become oval in shape. The
posterior border of the corner teeth has become worn and the
cup is completely separated from the peripheral enamel. The
cement disappears from the anterior face of the pinchers, so that
they become whiter in color. Very frequently at this age the
notch commences to show on the outer border of the superior
corner teeth.
At seven years, all of the teeth are denuded of cement on
their outer faces and are much whiter in color. The inferior
corner tooth, which is narrower from in front to behind than the
superior, .wears only the anterior portion of the latter and makes
distinct, in profile, the notch which we have just seen often
commences at six. The pincher teeth become narrower from
side to side, and the oval of the posterior border shows a pro-
jection backward; the intermediate teeth become oval, and, in
both, the cups become decidedly narrower and are found nearer
the posterior border of the teeth. In profile, the incidence of
the jaws has altered from the convex arch of six years and
tends to assume the form of an ogive.
At eight years, the incisors commence to turn from a white
to a yellowish white. The arches are narrower from side to
(92)
-ocr page 102-
93
LEVELING OF THE PERMANENT INCISORS.
side, the obliquity of the teeth is greater, and, as the inferior
corner teeth now commence to wear by their posterior borders,
their tables become elongated and correspond to the tables of
the superior corner teeth in size, so that the notches of the latter
become less marked. The interspaces between the teeth become
more marked and the gum commences to retract from the
crowns, giving a square cut-off appearance. The tables become
more convex on their posterior borders, and the cups, which
continually approach the posterior borders of the teeth, in the
pincher teeth become convex behind. In front of them, half-way
to the anterior border of the teeth, a transversely elongated dark-
yellow line appears. This is the dental star, brought into view
by the uncovering of the calcified dental pulp. If the structure
and formation of the incisive teeth are remembered, the exact
value of the dental star will be better appreciated. In the
virgin tooth the upper extremity is hollowed by the cup, and
the dental pulp occupies the space between the anterior face of
the cup and the anterior face of the tooth itself. But we have
seen that the cup, pointing downward, also inclines toward the
posterior border of the tooth. At eight years the cup is at
the division of the posterior and middle thirds of the table of the
tooth, and the dental pulp is found on the line between the
middle and anterior thirds. The transverse extent of the dental
star is much less in the intermediate and corner teeth than it is
in the pincher teeth.
*
-ocr page 103-
94
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fio. 86.
Fig. 87.
-ocr page 104-
SIX YEARS.                                               95
FlO. 88.
Six Tears (Figs. 86, 87, 88).—In front, the teeth appear much as
they were at five years of age. In profile, we see in this animal a more
tardy eruption of the tush teeth, which are not yet quite free from the
gums, and are, therefore, of little value as regards the age. The tables
furnish a most accurate guide; the posterior border of both inferior and
superior corner teeth are worn; the pincher teeth are leveled and their
tables tend to an oval form. It is seen, however, that the inferior cups
are thicker at their anterior borders,—due to a small portion of the sur-
face enamel still remaining. The cups are narrower from side to side
than at five years, and somewhat closer to the posterior border of the
table; the same appears on the intermediate teeth. It will be noticed
that the cups of the superior corner teeth have fissures on their poste-
rior borders, which is of frequent occurrence and does not interfere with
judging the amount of work which they have performed.
-ocr page 105-
96
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fio. 89.
Fig. 90.
-ocr page 106-
97
SEVEN YEARS.
Fig. 91.
Seven Years (Figs. 89, 90, 91).—There is nothing special to be seen
in front except that the teeth are whiter.—due to the disappearance of
the cement, which has been worn from the surface of the enamel. In
profile it is seen that the table of the inferior corner tooth is narrower
than that of the superior from the front to behind, so that a notch is
formed on the posterior corner of the latter. The incident of the tooth
is less perpendicular than at six years. The cups of the tables of the
intermediate teeth are wider from in front to behind and narrower from
side to side. In the corner teeth the wearing surface is larger and the
cups are smaller. The pincher teeth are oval and the intermediate teeth
commence to become so. In this mouth, again, the superior corner teeth
.are fissured on their posterior borders.
7
-ocr page 107-
A/r
98
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
FiQ. 92.
Fig. 93.
-ocr page 108-
EIGHT YEARS.                                             99
Fig. 94.
Eight Years (Figs. 92, 93, 94).—The direction of the incisors is
decidedly changed ; the inferior and superior arches are opposed ob-
liquely ; seen from in front, the teeth project at the line of apposition.
In the profile this is more apparent, and the arch assumes more the form
of an ogive. The incisive arches are still regular, but decidedly smaller
* than the earlier ages. All of the inferior tables are leveled ; the pincher
and intermediate teeth are oval, the corner teeth begin to become so.
The cups commence to assume an angular form behind, and are narrow.
The dental star has appeared in the pinchers and commences to show in
the intermediate teeth, between the anterior border of the table and the
corresponding part of the cup.
•
-ocr page 109-
FIFTH PERIOD.
WEARING AWAY OF THE CROWNS.
After this time, which is commonly known as " past mark
of mouth," commencing at nine years and extending to old age,
the regularity of the wearing of the teeth and the certainty of
the signs of age furnished by them become more variable. The
uncertainty increases greatly after fifteen years, and a year or
two later the estimation of age from the teeth can only be a
conjecture, based upon experience and subject to error of one,
two, or even several years, which becomes greater the older the
animal is.
The changes of this period are: The successive alteration
in shape of the tables of the teeth; the position of the cups in
the incisors of both jaws; the form and location of the dental
stars in the tables; the obliquity or degree of incidence in the
incisive arches; the convergence of the crowns and the narrow-
ness of the jaw holding the roots; the thickness of the enamel
on the anterior and posterior faces of the teeth; the appearance
of the cement around the roots; and, the shape of the bones of
the face and jaw.
At nine years, the pinchers are round; their cups are tri-
angular and their dental stars are more distinct, but narrower.
The intermediate teeth commence to become round and the
corners oval; the superior pinchers are often leveled; the'
notches on the superior corners often disappear.
At ten years, the tables of the pinchers are decidedly round;
the cups are very small and distinctly triangular. The interme-
diate teeth assume the shape of the pinchers the previous year.
The dental star is nearly in the middle of the table.
At eleven years, the corner teeth are rounded. The cups
are only small spots near the posterior borders of the tables;
the dental stars are in the middle of the tables. The inferior
(100)
-ocr page 110-
WEARING AWAi' OF THE CROWNS.                        101
comers are as large at the gums as at their free extremities, and
notches re-appear on the superior corner teeth.
At twelve years, all of the teeth are round; only a trace
of the cups remains in the inferior ones. The superior corners
are leveled. Both incisive arches are much narrower and the
tongue shows over their borders. The inferior border of the
jaw-bone becomes sharp, and a flattening of the sides of the
face, over the roots of the superior molars, is seen. The inci-
dence of the incisive arches increases, especially if the teeth are
unusually long.
At thirteen years, the signs of twelve years are more
marked. The notch on the superior corner teeth is greater.
The cups usually disappear from the inferior incisors at this
age, and the superior pinchers become round.
At fourteen years, the pinchers become triangular; the
incisive arch is depressed in front and becomes decidedly
narrower.
At fifteen years, the intermediate teeth commence to
become triangular. The dental star is round in all the lower
teeth and is dark and distinct. The cups of the upper teeth
are smaller in size.
At sixteen years, the intermediate teeth are triangular.
At seventeen years, all of the lower teeth are triangular,
and the dental stars are small and round. The cups of the
upper corner teeth have disappeared and those of the others
are round.
After nineteen, the cups have usually all disappeared, the
teeth approach a line parallel to the bones of the jaw, which is
especially marked in the lower jaw, and the arches are flattened
from side to side. The lower teeth may be worn almost to the
gums, and deposits of cement around their roots may develop
to supply a wearing surface.
-ocr page 111-
102
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 95.
Fig. 96.
j\
-ocr page 112-
NINE YEARS.                                            103
Fig. 97.
Nine Years (Figs. 95, 96, 91).—There is no special change to be
■seen from in front or in profile, although ordinarily the teeth are more
obliquely formed and less fresh-looking than at eight years of age. The
notch on the superior coiner has generally disappeared ; the tables, how-
ever, at this age are characteristic; the pinchers are rounded and their
■cups have assumed a triangular form ; the dental star is narrower and
more distinct, and is nearly in the centre of the table ; the intermediate
teeth commence to become round, and the corner teeth are oval; the
superior pincher teeth are sometimes leveled ; the inferior incisive arch
is narrower and depressed in the centre.
-ocr page 113-
104
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
A«l\\\\\\\\\l\\\\\\'
Fig. 99.
-ocr page 114-
105
TEN YEARS.
Fig. 100.
Ten Years (Figs. 98, 99, 100).—From the increased obliquity of
the teeth tlie jaws become prominent in front, and at the ordinary height
of the head the inferior incisors are hidden when looked at from in front.
The ogive formed by the two sets of incisors, when looked at in profile,
is more closed ; the angle of the teeth increases, and a greater interspace
is found between the intermediate and corner teetli. On the tables the
inferior pinchers are seen to be more rounded than at nine years, and the
cup is smaller and decidedly triangular; it is closer to the posterior
border of the teeth. The dental star, still more apparent, is found about
the centre of the teeth. The intermediate teeth are rounded and the
corner teeth commence to assume this form. The example furnished by
the plate shows deep fissures on the posterior border of the corner teetli.
The incisive arch is flatter in the centre. In the plate showing the teeth
from in front the superior pinchers are seen to be somewhat worn from
cribbing.                                                                                                                                 ;
I
i
*                                                         "3                                                                                                                                           '
-ocr page 115-
106
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 101.
Fig. 102.
-ocr page 116-
107
ELEVEN YEARS.
Fig. 103.
Eleven Years (Figs. 101, 102, 103).—The incidence of the jaws
increases in obliquity so that the head of the horse must be raised to
see both from in front. In profile, the superior corner tooth is decidedly
more oblique than the intermediate one ; the inferior is the same size at
its free surface and its base, and its gum is square. The inferior tables
are round on the intermediate and rounded on the corners. In the lower
jaw the cups are diminished to little islands close to the posterior borders
of the tables, and the dental stars are narrower from side to side and
near the centre of the tables. In the upper jaw the cups of the corner
teeth are elliptic and commence to disappear.
-ocr page 117-
108
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 104.
Fig. 105.
-ocr page 118-
109
TWELVE YEAKS.
Fig. 106.
Twelve Years (Figs. 104, 105, 106).—The incidence of the jaws is
still more oblique than at eleven jears. In profile, the superior corner
tooth is still more oblique; it has a notch on its posterior border, and it
is separated farther from the intermediate. The inferior tables are round
and nearly leveled, or only have traces of the cups. A yellow spot rep-
resents the dental star. The superior corner teeth are almost leveled.
The incisive arches are narrower and less convex than at an earlier age.
-ocr page 119-
no
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 107.
Fie. 108.
-ocr page 120-
Ill
THIRTEEN YEARS.
Fig. 109.
Thirteen Years (Figs. 10?, 108, 109).—In front, the appearance is
much the same as it is at twelve years. In profile, the notch of the su-
perior corner tooth is larger ; the inferior appears narrow, with its borders
parallel. The plate, drawn from a mare's mouth, shows rudimentary tusk
teeth. The inferior tables are round and generally leveled. The supe-
rior corner teeth are generally leveled. In the superior pinchers the
cups are rounded.
■-..'■■
-ocr page 121-
112                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 110.
Fig. 111.
-ocr page 122-
113
FIFTEEN YEARS.
Fifteen Years (Pigs. 110, 111, 112).—From in front the inferior
teeth appear shorter than the superior, as the jaw has not been raised to
the proper height; in profile, they are seen to be about the same length.
The notch in the superior corner teeth continues. The inferior tables
show, in their centre, a very decided, rounded dental star. The pinchers
are nearly triangular in shape; the intermediate teeth begin to become
so. The central enamel in the upper pinchers is much smaller than at
thirteen years; the incisive arch is depressed in front and narrowed
transversel.y. In this mouth the cups have disappeared from the upper
corner teeth.
8
-ocr page 123-
AGE OP THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
114
Fig. 113.
Fig. 114.
-ocr page 124-
SEVENTEEN YEARS.
115
Fig. 115.
Seventeen Years (Pigs. 113, 114, 115).—In front, the superior cor-
ner teeth incline toward the centre. The line of apposition of tiie teeth
is very oblique on the horizontal line. To see the inferior teeth dis-
tinctly, the head must be well lifted. The tables of the inferior teeth
are all triangular; the dental star is in the centre and distinctly round.
The inferior incisive arch is narrow, only slightly convex, and the teeth
appear more separated from each other than at any previous period; the
pinchers especially are separated from each other in the median line.
The tables of the superior teeth are triangular; the cups of the pinchers
have nearly disappeared.
-ocr page 125-
116
AGE OK THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 116.
Fig. 117.
-ocr page 126-
117
NINETEEN YEARS.
Fig. 118.
Nineteen Years (Figs. 116, 117, 118).—From in front the superior
corner teeth point distinctly toward the median line; the intermediate
teeth commence to incline in the same direction, showing a marked tri-
angular spaee between them at the line of the gums. In profile, the
ogive formed by the apposition of the jaws is more closed. The notch
still remains in the superior corner teeth, but is less marked in this age
from the increased horizontal position of the inferior corner teeth. The
tables of the pinchers and the intermediate inferior teeth seem to con-
verge at their posterior border, on account of their diverging in front;
their antero-posterior diameters have become greater. The inferior cor-
ner teeth are always triangular in the upper jaw ; the pincher teeth are
usually leveled, although the cups sometimes remain in them for several
years more.
-ocr page 127-
11H
AGE OP THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 119.
Fig. 120.
-ocr page 128-
119
TWENTY-ONE YEARS.
Fig. 121.
Twenty-one Years (Figs. 119,120,121).—The teeth become so hori-
zontal that, looked at in front, the inferior ones are scarcely seen unless
the head is well raised. The triangular interspaces at the base of the
superior incisors increase in size and the convergence of the free ends
becomes more marked. In profile, the jaws are seen diminished in size;
the inferior corner teeth have become almost horizontal and have worn
off the notch on the superior corners. The wearing surfaces of these
teeth become elongated from in front to behind and have lost their tri-
angular shape. The tables of the superior pinchers and intermediate
teeth are elongated from in front to behind and distinctly triangular;
they are generally leveled. The tables of the inferior teeth commence
to flatten from side to side and are more distinctly separated.
-ocr page 129-
120                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 122.
Fig. 123.
-ocr page 130-
121
THIRTY YEARS.
Fig. 124.
Thirty Years (Figs. 122, 123, 124).—This plate shows the char-
acter of extreme old age. In front, the superior incisive arch overlaps
the inferior, which has become considerably narrower; the convergence
of the corner and intermediate teeth becomes more marked. In profile,
the inferior incisors are almost horizontal, especially the corner ones:
the jaws are thinned and are wider apart from each other in the region
of the bars. The tables of the inferior teeth are flattened from side to
side (biangnlar). The peripheral enamel has almost disappeared from
the posterior border of the teeth. In the upper jaw the tables are flat-
tened from side to side and the enamel is nearly worn away. Sometimes
in one or in both jaws the teeth have acquired an extreme length and
are not leveled ; or, at other times they are worn away almost to the
roots and level with the gums, and are surrounded by a large deposit
of the radical cement which covers the dentine, while the enamel has
entirely disappeared.
-ocr page 131-
IRREGULARITIES OF THE DENTAL SYSTEM.
The dental system offers a large number of very interesting
and important irregularities. When these exist the horse is
said to have an irregular mouth, or to be falsely marked. Some
of the irregularities are without importance, while others may
influence the wearing of the teeth to such a degree as to make
the determination of age excessively difficult, except by a careful
study of all of the changes and a comparison of the indications
furnished by the other parts of the body.
The irregularities can be classified as follows:—
1.   Number,—augmentation and diminution.
2.   Form of the incisors.
3.   Uniting of two incisors.
4.   The form of the cup; fissure of the dental cup.
5.   Depth of the dental cup and size of its cavity (tegite).
6.   Fault of length or excess of size of one of the jaws
(122)
-ocr page 132-
123
IRREGULARITIES IN NUMBER—AUGMENTATION.
(prognathism, brachygnathism); excess of length of the superior
incisive arch.
7.   Excess or fault of use.
8.   Marks produced by cribbing.
9.   Fraudulent alterations,—removal of the milk-teeth,
bishoping, filing the corners.
IRREGULARITIES IN NUMBER—AUGMENTATION.
Incisors.—The most curious example of this anomaly is
one which was noted for the first time by Lafosse, in 1772.
Fig. 127.
He states that he found horses with double rows of incisive
teeth. This anomaly was again noted by Goubaux, in 1842.
His case had two rows of incisors of second dentition in each
jaw, making twenty-four in all.
Augmentation or duplication of the incisors of second den-
tition for one or two pairs of teeth is not rare. The accompany-
ing plates give an excellent example. In Figure 125 there are
two supernumerary pinchers (a a) and one supernumerary inter-
mediate tooth (ft). Figure 126 shows two supernumerary inter-
mediate teeth (a and b). Figure 127 has an intermediate tooth
-ocr page 133-
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 129.
-ocr page 134-
IRREGULARITIES IN NUMBER—AUGMENTATION.             125
(a) directed transversely and held in place below the incisive
foramen by a bony bridge.
Figures 128 and 128a show a pincher tooth similarly
deflected.
All these teeth are of second dentition.
Supernumerary teeth of the lower jaw are less common
than in the upper one; they sometimes, however, occur. The
presence of supernumerary teeth rarely modifies the wearing of
the others in the marking of age. Supernumerary teeth are
usually firmly held in their alveolar cavities, and rarely alter
the shape of the arch of the incisors except when milk-teeth are
still remaining, with which they should not be confounded.
Figures 129 and 130 show an upper jaw from the collec-
tion of Dr. J. W. Gadsden, of Philadelphia, in which will be
seen two supernumerary intermediate teeth, a right-hand super-
numerary corner tooth, and the corner teeth of first dentition
still remaining.
Fig. 130.
-ocr page 135-
126
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Tush Teeth.—Goubaux reports a case of an ass with a
supernumerary tush tooth which seems unique (Fig. 131).
Fig. 181.
Molars.—Supernumerary molars have only been found in
the upper jaw. They occur sometimes in line in the normal
arch, at other times protrude to the outer side, in which case
they may cause trouble by wounding the cheek. They have
also been found under the zygomatic process at the base of the
ear, where they may cause an abscess which opens on the exte-
rior, and have been known to protrude into the cranium.
Figure 132 represents a sub-zygoma tic
molar, natural size, removed from an abscess
under the ear of a three-month-old gelding,
by Dr. W. J. Martin, of Kankakee, Kansas.
DIMINUTION.
Diminution in the number of the incisors
is less frequent than the presence of super-
numerary teeth. Diminution should not be
confounded with cases of tardy eruption; nor with those cases
of arrest of development, in which the teeth remain in their
alveolar cavities; nor with cases of fracture or surgical injuries
and loss of teeth. Diminution includes only the complete abor-
tion of the dental follicles, and can sometimes only be deter-
-ocr page 136-
IRREGULARITIES BY UNITING OF TWO INCISORS.           127
mined by examination of the jaw after death. Incisor, tush,
or molar teeth may be absent.
The tush tooth is the one which is most frequently absent,
—a condition, however, which is practically normal in mares.
IRREGULARITIES OF FORM.
In certain subjects the incisors of the lower jaw present, at
the age of six years, a decided triangular form, such as is usually
seen at fourteen to fifteen years of age.
Fig. 133.                                                         Fig. 134.
Absence of corner incisors.                 Double cup of left intermediate tooth.
This triangularity is readily distinguished from that of the
older age by the presence of the cup.
IRREGULARITIES BY UNITING OF TWO INCISORS.
This sort of irregularity has no special importance as to the
determination of age, but is interesting as a curiosity. Figure;
134 shows the upper jaw of a horse with a double left-hand
intermediate tooth, in which the two cups are perfectly
distinct.
-ocr page 137-
128
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
IRREGULARITIES IN FORM OF THE DENTAL CUP----FISSURE.
Fissure of the incisor teeth, hy failure of the enamel on the
posterior face to completely surround them, is rather more com-
mon in asses and mules than in horses. The fissure may
represent only a small portion of the tooth, or it may constitute
a complete division of the posterior surface, leaving the periph-
eral enamel in the form of a crescent (Fig. 136).
IRREGULARITIES IN DEPTH OF THE DENTAL CUPS.
Frequently the dental cup continues on the table of the
teeth at a time when it should have disappeared. This occurs
more frequently in very well bred horses in which the develop-
ment of the teeth has been precocious, and in which the teeth
have such a consistency and hardness that they do not wear
away by use, as they do in more common bred horses.
EXCESS OF HARDNESS OF THE TEETH.
The nature of the food which the animal has eaten and
the condition of health of the teeth are causes which tend to
influence this irregularity. It is a condition rarely noticed
before the age of seven or eight years.
The length of the teeth and the form of the dental tables
are less to be considered in estimating excessive length of the
teeth than is the form of the teeth and that of the cups.
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF THE DENTAL CUP.
Sometimes while the teeth have worn in the ordinary way,
have diminished in length, and have undergone the usual
changes in the shape of their tables, the cups continue in size
and shape not corresponding with the other indications of age.
In these, an attentive examination of the tables of the
incisors with reference to their shape; the size of the dental star,
its situation ; the condition of the upper incisors; the direction
of the teeth, their length, color, etc., will rectify the faulty indi-
cations furnished by the cups.
-ocr page 138-
IRREGULARITIES OF DENTAL CUP—FISSURE.                129
Fig. 1S5.
Double cup of left upper pincher and of left inferior intermediate tooth.
Fig. 136.
Fissure of the cups of the inferior intermediate and corner teeth and of the left
superior corner.
-ocr page 139-
130
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 137.
Fig. 138.
-ocr page 140-
131
NINE YEARS.
Fig. 139.
Nine Years (Figs. 137, 138, 139).—These plates are from the teeth
of a horse nine years of age; the dental cups are of a size and shape
representing a younger age. In profile, the incidence of the teeth is
seen to be that of a horse five or six 3'ears of age ; the inferior tables are '
round ; the central enamel incloses small cups close to the posterior
border of the teeth. The corner teeth are leveled and rounded ; the
dental star is near the middle of the teeth. These cliaracters, added to
the freshness of the corner teeth, the obliquity of the inferior incisors,
the notch on the upper corners, and the general condition of the subject,
are sufficient to rectify any error indicated by the first inspection.
-ocr page 141-
132
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 140.
FlQ. 141.
-ocr page 142-
133
FOURTEEN YEARS.
Fig. 142.
Fourteen Years (Figs. 140, 141, 142).—This figure is taken from
the mouth of a horse fourteen years of age. The leveling of the teeth
would only indicate about ten years of age, but a close examination of
the tables shows (1) that the pinchers are nearly triangular; (2) the
intermediate teeth commence to become so; (3) the dental star is per-
fectly distinct, narrow, and rounded; (4) the inferior incisive arch is
depressed in its centre. Seen from in front, the teeth show no cement,
and the inferior teeth are so horizontal as to be hidden unless the head
is raised. In profile, the inferior corner tooth is no more oblique than
that of a horse ten years of age, is narrow in front to behind, and has
about the same diameter its entire length. The superior corner tooth is
notched. The incidence of the incisive arches is acute. All of these
characters indicate that it is older than would be supposed from the first
observation of the teeth.
-ocr page 143-
134                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
IRREGULARITIES FROM FAULT OF LENGTH OR EXCESS OF SIZE
OF ONE OF THE JAWS.
Deficiency in length of either of the jaws is rare in the
horse, but sometimes occurs. The simplest form is where there
is a slight projection of the lower jaw (prognathism in man);
in this there is excessive wearing of the lower incisors, which
complicates the determination of age (Fig. 143). A more seri-
ous abnormality is deficiency in length in the lower jaw (brachyg-
nathism in man), which is followed by deformity of the inter-
maxillary bones; these curve down and interfere greatly with
the prehension of food, 'especially at pasture.
In prognathism the lower table may project for a variable
distance beyond the upper jaw, but it is rare that it extends
beyond to any marked degree, and, while it causes the teeth to
wear away rapidly, there is not often any alteration in the inci-
dence of the jaws. In brachygnathism the difference in length
of the two jaws may be very great, in some cases so great that
the upper jaw completely overreaches the lower one, and by
bending of the intermaxillary bones the upper teeth drop over
the anterior face of the lower teeth, while the latter point their
tables directly into the hard palate; in other cases the posterior
face of the upper incisors wears against the anterior face of the
lower incisors until both are beveled into sharp wedges (Fig. 144).
EXCESS OF .WIDTH OF THE UPPER INCISIVE ARCH.
This condition is normal in old horses, without incon-
veniencing them. It sometimes occurs in young horses, in which
the irregular wearing against the upper teeth produces marked
notching and sometimes interferes with the prehension of food ;
in one case, in a well-bred liambletonian mare, in which the
excess of breadth of the upper incisive arch was due to the
presence of supernumerary corner teeth, giving the arch eight
teeth in all, the deformity was very marked.
IRREGULARITIES BY EXCESS OR FAULT OF USE.
As a general thing the incisive teeth have the same length
in their free portion, although the whole tooth is constantly
-ocr page 144-
135
FAULT OF LENGTH OR SIZE OF ONE JAW.
Fig. 143.
Superior brachygnathism.
Fig. 144.
Inferior brachygnathism.
-ocr page 145-
136                        AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
shortening each year, from the wearing away of its table; this
even length is maintained by the roots being constantly forced
# from the alveolar cavities and becoming a part of the free
portion; transverse lines, filed at definite points on the an-
terior surface of the incisors, will be seen to approach the
table and disappear, one after another. Experiments by Pessina
showed that in common horses the annual wearing is about
4| millimetres, while in thoroughbreds it is only about 3 milli-
metres ; experiments by Bouley verified those of Pessina.
Girard, after numerous investigations, determined that the
free portions of the incisors, from the gum to the table, average
15 millimetres. This is subject to some variation, but normal
pinchers rai'ely vary from 18 millimetres in length, intermediate
teeth beyond 15 millimetres, while corner teeth are about 13
millimetres. Variation in the length of the incisors may be from
excess of length or from deficiency of length.
EXCESS OF LENGTH.
Tins anomaly occurs in several ways, either occurring in
both jaws, or in the teeth of the upper jaw alone, or at times
only in certain teeth of one or the other jaw.
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF BOTH JAWS.
When the teeth of both jaws are too long, there is a general
tendency for them to become parallel; that is, to approach a hori-
zontal direction; but their free extremities are diverged like the
ribs of a fan, and the wearing surface, or table, shows the char-
acter of the age of the horse ; flattened in front to behind, they
do not tend to take an oval form; the central enamel occupies a
large portion of the dental table. There is often a little external
cavity in the inferior corner teeth; the excess of length of the
crown of the tooth is not in proportion to that of the root; the
teeth are less solidly fixed in their alveolar cavities, and are sub-
ject to fracture from moderate violence, on account of the great
leverage of the lengthened crown. These teeth on their table
apparently show an age which is sometimes very deceptive.
-ocr page 146-
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF INCISORS OF UPPER JAW           137
To determine the exact age, it is necessary to shorten, by the
imagination, the elongated teeth; determine by a close exami-
nation what would be the form of the tables of the teeth were
they cut off to their proper length, what would be the form and
position of the cups and dental stars in such a shortened tooth,
and give to the animal the age which the alterations indicate.
Cutting off incisors of great length in a young horse need
not be considered a fraudulent act on the part of the dealer, for,
while shortening of the long teeth of old age is a trick to deceive
the ignorant, who associate long teeth with great age, the short-
ening of the teeth of a young horse gives a table indicating a
greater age, and will not deceive the expert, who should always
examine any horse on purchase.
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF THE INCISORS OF THE UPPER JAW.
This anomaly constitutes what is commonly known as
parrot-mouth (Figs. 145 and 146), on account of the analogy
in the appearance of the upper jaw to the corresponding beak
of this bird. The upper teeth may acquire a length of 2J
inches, and are frequently very much curved forward and down-
ward, while their posterior faces are worn away to a sharp bevel
by their contact with the Inferior incisors. These latter are fre-
quently shorter than normal, and the parrot's beak is formed by
the pincher and intermediate teeth, with only the internal border
of the corner teeth, while the rest of the latter is worn into a
deep notch. These deformities are frequently much greater on
one side of the jaw than on the other.
In some horses five years old the upper jaw projects a line
or two in front of the inferior jaw, whilst the posterior surface
of the teeth in both jaws corresponds, which produces excessive
wearing of the posterior part of the upper incisors, leaving a
little line in front of their table, which predisposes to the formation
of parrot-mouth. Usually, however, parrot-mouth is only seen
in very old horses. It interferes more or less, according to its
development, in the prehension of food, especially with oats, as
the projection of the teeth interferes somewhat with the move-
-ocr page 147-
138
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 145.
Fig. 146.
-ocr page 148-
139
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF INCISORS OF LOWER JAW.
ments of the lips; the elongated teeth also render less the maxi-
mum extent to which the incisors can open than in a normal
mouth; the latter can usually open 2| inches, or a little more,
while in certain parrot-mouths the space between the open in-
cisors is only 1J to 1\ inches. The beveled and distorted tables
of the incisors in a parrot-mouth render the determination of
age, for these, practically impossible. The judgment of age
may be based upon the relative characters, as to the inclination
of the teeth, their color, their size, and what one supposes would
be their tables were they cut to their proper length. It
frequently happens that a parrot-mouth so interferes with mas-
tication, on the part of the animal, that it becomes necessary
to resort to operative measures with the saw and file to give
the animal a normal mouth. This operation not only relieves
the animal, but restores it to the appearance of its approximate
age, and does not enter into the category of fraudulent measures.
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF THE INCISORS OF THE LOWER JAW.
A condition which might be called a reversed parrot-
mouth is sometimes seen, which seems to be caused by a slight
Fig. 147.
-ocr page 149-
140                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
prognathism of the lower jaw, or a deficiency of the teeth of
the upper jaw. It is usually limited to the pinchers and inter-
mediate teeth (Fig. 147). This condition is more frequent in
mules than in horses, and produces great inconvenience in
seizing food, frequently requiring operative interference.
Fig. 148.
Deficiency of length of incisors of the lower jaw. A, dental tables. B, roots
shown in their alveolar cavities.
EXCESSIVE LENGTH OF SINGLE TEETH OF THE JAW.
Mouths occasionally are seen in which only one, two, or a
small number of teeth are distorted; this occurs at times on one
side only, or it occurs frequently that the teeth on one side are
very long and those on the opposite side very short, correspond-
ing with an inverse condition in the other jaw. In cases like
this it should always be the rule, as is necessary in all horses
to determine age, to inspect them from both sides. In horses of
-ocr page 150-
DEFICIENCY OF LENGTH OF THE CROWN.                     141
seven or eight years old, a slight increase of wearing on one side
of the jaw will frequently make, in the table-mark, a deviation
of a year or two in the appearance of the animal's age, which is
readily corrected by a further examination from the other side.
DEFICIENCY OF LENGTH OF THE FREE PORTION OF THE INCISORS.
Deficiency of length is seen only in very old horses; the
teeth are always in apposition, except in the case of cribbing
horses, when they may be so worn off as not to reach those
of the other jaw. The diminution in the length may be so
great that nothing but a mere stub remains. This condition is
frequently accompanied by cementoma, or tumors thrown out by
the irritated alveolar periosteum (Fig 148).
MOLAR TEETH.
As in the case of the incisors, the irregularities of the molar
teeth are due to excess and deficiency of length. This may
occur on one or both sides of the jaw, on all of the tables of an
arch, or only on certain teeth.
DEFICIENCY OF LENGTH OF THE CROWN.
Inferior Jaw.—The abnormal use of the molars rarely ex-
tends to all of them in an arch; sometimes those in the centre
of the arch are the most worn (Fig. 149), giving it a concavity,
in which the corresponding elongated teeth of the upper jaw fit;
or sometimes they are worn most at the extremities of the arch,
with an inverse condition of the upper jaw (Fig. 150) ;. in molars
which have been excessively worn the crown may have disap-
peared, leaving the roots as distinct and apparently supernu-
merary teeth (Fig. 149). In this case, as was noticed in the
study of the structure of teeth, when they are worn down, they
produce an irritation of their alveolar cavities which causes an
excessive deposit of callous bone or cement, which unites them
together and aids them in their function, but sometimes causes
annoying bony tumors; however, the new function is not as
complete as the original one, as the hard enamel has disappeared
-ocr page 151-
142
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
and the wearing surface is much softer; the mastication is not
complete, and the animal shows the effect of a lessened nutrition.
Superior Jaw.—What has been said of the lower jaw ap-
plies to the upper, but the changes in them are less frequent.
Fig. 149.                                                         Fig. 150.
Lower molar arch of a very old horse. Molar arches (right) of a very old horse.
Lower jaw to the left of figure.
The separation of the roots in the upper jaw is less common, as
these teeth are longer and contain a greater amount of enamel.
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF THE CROWNS.
Excess of length of the crowns or portions of them is of
rather common occurrence. As the upper molars are broader as
-ocr page 152-
EXCESS OF LENGTH OF THE CROWNS.                      143
well as longer than the lower ones, the lower jaw is obliged to
have a lateral movement in order to grind against the whole
table of the former. When the horse is fed under the ordinary
conditions of nature, finding coarse weeds, twigs, hard vegetable
matters and resisting substances, as dirt, etc., mixed with its
food, this lateral movement is rendered complete by the slowness
and difficulty of mastication, and the teeth are kept worn evenly.
When, however, the animals are given selected fine hay, cleaned
oats and slops and mashes, easy of mastication, they use the
jaws like a chopping machine, and all parts of the grinding
surfaces are not brought into contact. Again, when horses,
like cab-horses, doctors' hacks, etc., are fed at irregular times
and in a hurry, they masticate incompletely, give the jaws but
little lateral movement, and the narrower, lower jaws wear only
against the internal portion of the tables of the upper teeth.
When from any cause, such as caries of a tooth, cementoma,
disease of any kind, or deformity, the animal chews more on one
side than the other, the normal bevel of the teeth throws the
wearing surfaces from their natural position, and, while some
portions are worn faster, others do not receive the proper amount
of use. When one or more teeth have been partially destroyed
or lost, the opposing teeth, finding lessened resistance, become
excessive in length and frequently irregular in shape. The
irregularity of shape from any of the above causes is usually in
the form of an increased bevel. Only the internal surface of
the upper molars is worn, causing the formation of a little ledge
along their outer borders. This acts as a check to lateral
motion of the lower jaw, soon prevents it altogether, and cause
and effect promptly react on each other. The external borders
of the upper jaw become long, thin, and sharp, and their irregu-
lar, ragged edges cut the cheeks and serve as lodging places for
balls of food, which may decompose, causing further irritation
to the mucous membranes. The internal borders of the lower
teeth may become very long and stand up like so many arrow-
points, cutting the tongue and even penetrating the hard palate.
The pressure on the border of the teeth worn close to their
-ocr page 153-
144                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
roots and the lateral pressure due to the leverage of the crown
on its root in the alveolar cavity produce further irritation and
prevent proper mastication. The pain on one side frequently
confines the grinding entirely to the other. The loss of the
lateral motion also prevents the slight fore-and-back play of the
arches of the teeth, and soon the anterior edge of the first molar
above and the posterior edge of the last molar below grow into
points, which may be very annoying to the animal; removal of
the latter is troublesome to the surgeon. Disease of a molar in one
Fig. 151.
Irregular wearing of upper and lower molars.
jaw, or its absence from fracture or otherwise, is soon followed
by complication in the opposing teeth of the other jaw. Fig.
152 shows a fourth molar in the upper jaw with a cavity which
was the size of a hen's egg, into which points the fourth inferior
molar, which, from want of resistance, has become elongated.
The presence of a dental cyst probably explains the enlargement
of the upper tooth and also the softness of its texture which
allowed it to be worn hollow.
Irregularity and deformity of the molars are the causes of
-ocr page 154-
H5
ACCIDENTAL IRREGULARITIES.
much constitutional trouble; the interference with the mechani-
cal action of the jaws and the soreness produced in them and
in the cheeks and tongue render trituration oi' the food and
mixture with saliva incomplete; the unprepared food is not
digested and assimilated properly, causing a defective nutrition;
the animal falls away in flesh, becomes lude-bound, and may have
attacks of indigestion. The non-assimilation of the food causes
indigestions and atony of the digestive tract and predisposes to
intestinal calculi. The molars of all stable-fed animals should
Flo. 152.
Hypertrophy of the upper fourth molar (right) with cavity for elongated corresponding molar.
be looked to once or twice a year, including those of race-colts
which are grain-fed from weaning. The inspection of the molars
should constitute a part of examination for soundness.
ACCIDENTAL IRREGULARITIES.
Accidents from various causes, injuries, wounds, fractures
of the jaw-bone, with or without loss of the teeth, and abnormal
growths, may so interfere with mastication on one side of the
mouth that they cause an excessive wearing of the teeth on the
other side.
Vicious, nervous, and irritable horses frequently bite at
10
-ocr page 155-
146
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
their mangers, chains, wagon-pole, or other foreign bodies, and
chip off the edges of the incisors, or they may even wear them
to a considerable degree, so as to greatly change their form and
tables and interfere more or less with the characters from which
we judge the age. In many of these cases, however, the cause
is evident, and the unilateral wearing, or the rough, irregular
loss of substance, can be replaced by the imagination, and the
accurate age determined.
IRREGULARITIES FROM CRIBBING.
Cribbing is recognized as of two kinds: 1st, that of the
wind-sucker who pursues the habit, nose in air, and consequently
produces no abnormal wearing of the teeth ; and 2d, the cribber,
who requires some foreign body between its teeth and wear*
them at the point of prehension. For the former, M. Goubaux
proposed, in 1866, the name of " aeropinic."
According to the manner of cribbing and the character of
the object which the horse chooses for support of the teeth, the
wearing of the latter may be much varied. The object seized
. may be the feed-box, the rail of the manger, or a part of the
stall, which may be horizontal or may be vertical; it may be
the end of a poll or shaft, a chain, hitching-strap, or part of
another horse's harness; in one case of the writer's, the horse
would only crib on a small piece of wood when hung loose on
a cord. Rare cases crib by seizing their own legs. Sometimes
the support is only taken with the lips or the tuft of the chin,
and in these there is no wearing of the teeth.
According to the size of the object, or the position assumed
by the horse in cribbing, the contact of the teeth may be only
by the anterior borders, only by the posterior borders, or by
both ; it may be by one jaw or by both ; it may be by a num-
ber of teeth, or only by one or two teeth. In whatever manner
the cribbing is done, but little force is used, and the worn sur-
face of the teeth is smooth, even, and polished, so that it is
readily distinguished. from the roughened edges of teeth worn
by vicious or nervous biting. When the support of the teeth
-ocr page 156-
147
IRREGULARITIES FROM CRIBBING.
has been taken, the animal makes an effort of deglutition, which
is followed by a peculiar " cluck" sound. In examining an
animal, even where the age is readily recognized, care should
be taken to open the jaws completely, so as to inspect all sur-
faces of the teeth. While cribbing marks, when on the anterior
face of the teeth, are apparent on superficial examination, those
on the posterior face are often hidden by the foam and saliva,
unless care is taken to wipe the latter away. A slight bevel
worn on the anterior surface is evident, with the teeth closed,
from the separation of the enamel and the presence of a yellow
line, made by the exposed dentine, while a considerable bevel
might be overlooked when its surface is a continuation of the
yellow dentine of the table and is looked at from in front.
It is often of the greatest importance to determine if the
irregular areas of use on a horse's teeth are due to accident, or
are the result of cribbing. Undoubtedly, some cases of cribbing
find their origin in the bad habit of cleaning a horse in its stall,
where it can bite at and seize the manger, etc. In these cases
the edges of the teeth are rough and jagged, and it is only after
the habit becomes confirmed that the worn parts become smooth
and polished and evenly used in their irregularities. In other
cases, where attempts have been made to cure the horse of the
habit, by fastening it so that it cannot reach the object on which
it cribs, it changes its mode of cribbing and may wear various
parts of the incisors, and then the teeth, losing the support of the
enamal in front and behind, become very irregular and broken.
When the animal cribs by pressing the incisors against
some foreign body, the wearing takes place on the anterior face
of the teeth (Fig. 153, a, b, c, d).
When the object is seized in the mouth it may wear only
the posterior faces (Fig. 154, A, B, c); or, if a thin board or
similar body is held, it may wear the anterior borders of one
jaw and the posterior of the other (Fig. 154, d, and Fig. 155, a).
If a thin object is seized evenly between the jaws, the
tables of the upper or the lower or of both sets of incisors may
be worn. In the latter case the age must be determined by the
-ocr page 157-
148
AGE OF THE ©OBGESTSC AOTKALS.
^                                      B
FiQ. 153.
Crib-marks, by pressure of the teeth against foreign bodies.
-ocr page 158-
149
IBREOTLARITIES FROM CRIBBING.
FlQ. 154.
Crib-marks, by seizing foreign bodies inside of the jaws.
-ocr page 159-
150
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
A
Fig. 155.
Crib-inarks. A, the reverse of Fig. 154, d. b, c, and d, wearing of whole table,
upper, lower, or both.
-ocr page 160-
ARTIFICIAL IRREGULARITIES.                              151
thickness of the maxilla, the obliquity of the shortened teeth,
and their size as they emerge from the gums (Fig. 155, B, c, d).
Fig. 156 shows the wearing produced by vertical objects,
—halter-straps, which the animal renders tense by backing to its
full length; wires, small chains, etc.
Most horses crib only on a given character of object, and
when removed to another stall, or fastened so that they cannot
reach the regular resting-place, may stop the habit for a time or
be broken of it entirely. Others will, sooner or later, find some
other body that suits them and commence again; so that the
same animal may have two sorts of crib-markings. Others,
when tied up, will learn to crib in the air.
Fig. 158.
Cribbing on vertical edge of foreign body, or on halter-strap.
The rasp and file are sometimes used by dealers to shorten
the incisors, and, while adding a little to the apparent age of
the animal, remove the bevel which shows the habit of cribbing.
A careful examination will always show a roughened surface,
however, unlike the smooth polish of a naturally-worn table.
ARTIFICIAL IRREGULARITIES.
From time immemorial, the lower class of horse-dealer, like
his congener in any other trade, has studied to learn and practice
deceptive means for giving his articles for sale an apparent
greater value than they really have. With this view, the dis-
honest breeder in the country attempts to hasten the appearance
of age of his colts, to place them on the market as adult ani-
mals, and save a year's feed and cost of care when they are yet
-ocr page 161-
152
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
undeveloped; the city dealer fashions the mouth to destroy the
evidences of cribbing, even at the risk of making the horse
appear a year or two older, or alters the tables of the teeth to
deceive the inexperienced buyer into thinking an old horse to
be one just arrived at adult age.
Within recent years, moreover, especially in America, there
has arisen a fraternity of " Equine Dentists," a guild endowed
with great enthusiasm, who not only relieve the animals suffer-
ing from irregular and sharp molars, but, with artistic skill,
remodel the whole mouth, and produce changes which some-
times greatly complicate the characters of the teeth as indica-
tions of the age of the horse.
REMOVAL OF TEMPORARY INCISORS IN ORDER TO AGE
THE HORSE.
In Ireland, in Normandy (in France), in Virginia, and in
some sections of the West, the temporary incisors are drawn
some time before they would naturally drop to be replaced by
the permanent ones, in order to hasten the eruption of the latter.
If the intermediate incisors are drawn in a rising three-year-old,
the permanent ones appear at three years, or soon after; and if
the temporary corner incisors are then drawn, they are replaced
in a few months by the permanent teeth; so that a rising four-
year-old may have all of its permanent incisors, and the mouth
of a four-year-old off may have the appearance of that of a horse
a year older. The condition of the tush teeth does not control
the age to any extent, as some horses have tham between three
and four years of age, and in others their eruption does not
take place until six.
We have seen that when the incisors first appear they
emerge from the gums somewhat obliquely, and later take their
proper position, making their incisive arch a regularly rounded
curve. When the permanent incisors have been hastened by
the removal of the temporary ones, the former keep their oblique
position, the arch is never regular, and is evidently diminished
in width. If the removal has been recent the parts are inflamed,
and there is sometimes a periostitis, which is evidently trau-
-ocr page 162-
153
BISHOPING.
matic in origin. When such an irregularity is seen, the ob-
liquity of the teeth in the curve of the incisive arch, a comparison
of the two incisive arches (for frequently the deception has only
been practiced on the lower teeth), and a comparison of the
worn tables of the pinchers with the fresh edges of the others
will be sufficient to show the fraudulent interference which has
been executed. There are frequently cicatrices, showing the
forcible removal of the teeth.
De Curnieu questions that the drawing of the temporary
teeth hastens the eruption of the permanent ones; but Mayhew
maintains the contrary, with which my own experience coincides.
Mayhew says they can be hastened by the application of a hot
iron to the gums. The question was put to a large number of
breeders by MM. Goubaux and Barrier, and was answered, by
all but one, in support of the opinion that the eruption of the
permanent teeth is hastened by the removal of the milk-teeth.
BISHOPING.
Bishoping is a method employed by gyps to alter the ap-
pearance of the incisors, which can only deceive buyers who are
entirely ignorant of the horse's mouth.
The crowns of the incisors of the young horse are wide from
side to side; the dental tables are modified as the animal becomes
older, and become successively oval, rounded, and triangular;
the cups at first occupy the whole table, and are usually filled
with dark-colored cement or black foreign matter; they gradually
diminish in size, approach the posterior border of the teeth, and
then disappear. In the centre of the table the dental star appears.
Bishoping consists in giving to the tables an artificial cup
of a dark color. The teeth usually are first filed even; each
table is then gouged out until somewhat concave, and the new
cup is then blackened, either by nitrate of silver or by a point
of white-hot iron. It is only practiced on the lower incisors.
Bishoping is readily recognized on a proper examination ;
as, with the shortened lower teeth, the tables of the two incisive
arches usually do not correspond (Figs. 157 and 158), and the
-ocr page 163-
154
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 157.
Fig. 158.
-ocr page 164-
I
BISHOPING. '                                      155
I
Fig. 159.
Bishoping (Figs. 157, 158, 159).—From in front the figure shows a
space, above the corner and intermediate teeth, made by their having
been filed. This is seen more plainly in profile. The tables show the
roughened surface left by the file, and the artificial, blackened cups, at
the posterior border of which are seen the real cups, surrounded by
enamel.
-ocr page 165-
156
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
enamel of the diminished cup of the horse is found posterior
to the artificial cup, or has disappeared (Fig. 159). In bishoped
mouths the artificial cup is found on the tables of wounded or
triangular teeth, in which they normally would not be present.
In bishoping the tushes are frequently filed down to point them
and make them appear fresh and small. This is evident from
the roughened surface and unnatural shape.
DRESSED MOUTHS.
The notch on the upper corner incisors and the whole
tables of the incisive arches are frequently filed down in " dress-
ing " the mouth. If recently done the roughened surface is
evident, and at other times it may complicate the appreciation
of age to a certain extent; but the incidence of the jaws, the
form of the tables, the conformation of the maxillary bones, etc.,
should prevent a deception of any importance.
-ocr page 166-
AGE OF THE ASS, MULE, AND HINNY.
To -determine the age ■of the ass, mule, and hin-ny requires
an extension of the rules which have been applied to the horse.
In the young animal the eruption of the milk-teeth and their
replacement by the permanent teeth are about the same.
In these animals the incisors are smaller and narrower
and less conical in shape than in the horse. The crown of the
teeth is much longer and the root is shorter. The dental cup
is continuous until a late period of life, as it is proportionately
deeper. The cups are often imperfect behind. As the teeth
are harder and more resisting, they wear much slower, and con-
sequently the tables change their form more slowly. The teeth
are more solidly imbedded in their alveolar cavities, and an
excess of gum fixes them firmly. The dentine is more discolored
and darker; the whole tooth is harder and resists the wear of
dense, fibrous food better than that of the horse, and consequently
does not wear so fast. The form of the tables is of less value,
while the form of the arch and the obliquity of the teeth are more
important. After seven years -the elongated teeth and their ap-
proach to each other in a horizontal line, with thinning of the
maxilla and the deposit of cement, the dark color and the nar-
rowing of the incisive arches, are evidences of age.
The dental tables change from a round to a triangular
form, which is complete at seventeen or eighteen years. At this
age the cups may disappear and be replaced by the dental stars.
The incisors become parallel to the maxillary bones and con-
verge at their free extremities in very old age.
(157)
-ocr page 167-
AGE OF THE OX.
The age of the ox has demanded much less study than that
of the horse, on account of its shorter life and the more limited
time in which it is utilized for specific purposes. In a growing
animal the evidences of its youth are unmistakable. Arrived at
adult life, the difference of a year or two in its age is less impor-
tant, in regard to its value, than it is in the horse, and later
becomes even less so. The age of the ox is determined by the
changes which take place in its dentition and the wearing away
of its teeth, and by the changes in the growth, form, and appear-
ance of its horns.
DENTITION OF THE OX.
0
0
3
4
0
3
0
0
6
f Temporary,
Formula <
20
I Permanent,
4.0.6
32
The ox has thirty-two teeth,—twenty-four molars, arranged
as in the horse, in arches of six on either side of each jaw, and
eight incisors in the lower jaw, with none in the upper. In
rare cases there are rudimentary molars (wolf-teeth), but when
these exist in the young mouth they drop before the permanent
dentition is complete. Tush teeth are not present.
INCISORS.
The upper jaw is devoid of teeth, but the intermaxillary
bones are covered by a dense cartilaginous cushion and strong
gum, which furnishes a resisting body to the incisors of the
lower jaw in the prehension of food.
In the lower jaw there are eight incisors, arranged like the
ribs of a fan, on the spatula-shaped arch formed by the ex-
tremity of the maxillary bone.
(158)
-ocr page 168-
159
INCISORS.
The incisors, instead of being fixed solidly in their alveolar
cavities like those of the horse, are imbedded in them on a layer
of cartilage, which allows of a considerable amount of motion,
and thereby probably protects the
cushion of the upper jaw from in-
jury in seizing food, which is crushed
rather than cut off.
The two middle incisors are
known as pinchers, the next ones on
either side as first intermediate teeth,
the next as second intermediate, and
the outside ones as corner teeth.
The two pinchers are slightly
separated on account of the cartilagi-
nous symphysis of the maxillary
bones in the ox; this is much more
marked in the first dentition. The
other teeth touch each other by their
extremities and form a complete arch,
but, from their shovel shape, are not
in contact along their borders as the
wedge-shaped incisors of the horse
are.
The incisors are composed of a
crown and a root, separated by a dis-
tinct neck, giving them a somewhat
shovel shape. The crown or free
portion is flattened from above to
Fio. 160.
Left pincber teeth of the ox. I.
External faces. II. Internal faces.
a a. Permanent incisors, b b. Tem-
porary incisors. (Natural size.)
below, and becomes (Fig. 160) thin-
ner and broader at its anterior ex-
tremity.
The external or under face is convex in both directions; it
is of a milky-white color and is striped with little longitudinal
ridges and gutters, which become polished smooth with age.
The internal or upper face is almost flat, but has a conical ele-
vation, the base of which is directed toward the free border
-ocr page 169-
IP)                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
with which it merges., whojle its sides me bordered by small
gutters. The iHiternajl border is convex and -the external border
is ooneave., which gives the tooth a ewrved shape and which in-
dicates the side to which it belongs. The *oot is rounded,
conical, and yellow in color; its extremity, in a young tooth,
shows the opening of the dental canal.
Structure.—-The incisors have approximately the same
structure as the tush tooth of a horse; they are composed of a
dentine with the free portion covered by a continuous layer of
enamel. The enamel is thickest on the external surface and
gradually disappears on the root. In the young tooth there is
a large, simple, dental cavity filled with the dental pulp; but as
the animal gets older, a dark-yellow dentine is deposited until
the cavity is filled up and the tooth ceases to grow. It is not
pushed from its alveolar cavity, as the incisors of the horse are,
as the free portion is worn away.
Like the horse, the ox has two sets of incisors,—the tempo-
rary or milk-teeth and the permanent ones. The milk-teeth
are distinguished from the permanent ones from their being
smaller and narrower; their enamel is thinner and more trans-
parent and they are more curved to the side. Their roots are
very short, and are pushed out by the replacing permanent
incisors.
The incisor scarcely reaches its full development when it
commences to be worn by its contact and constant friction
with food and with the cushion of the upper jaw. The wearing
commences at the anterior border and removes the enamel
toward the posterior part of the upper face. When it has
completely removed the conical eminence and the lateral gutters,
the tooth is said to be leveled and the table is formed. From
the almost horizontal direction of the incisor teeth, the wearing
of their tables takes place in an oblique direction to their long
axis.
The table at first is large, consisting of a plate of dentine
surrounded by a border of enamel, and having in its centre a
transverse line of dark yellow, made by the uncovered, later de-
-ocr page 170-
161
MOLAKS.
posit of dentine in the pulp-cavity. As the tooth becomes
smaller toward its root the table becomes smaller and nar-
rower and the dental star becomes narrower, but it also be-
comes longer from in front to behind, until it forms a distinct
square as it is exposed by its posterior face from the oblique
leveling.
As the incisors are worn away they seem to separate from
each other at the roots, for the narrower parts of the crowns are
held apart by their cartilaginous beds, which do not atrophy as
does the bone of the maxilla of the horse, when the narrow,
wedge-shaped roots are almost ,driven from their alveolar
cavities.
When the teeth are worn down to their roots the gum
retracts and shows the yellow stubs, which are all that is left of
the incisive arch. (Fig. 167, b.)
With the wearing away of the incisors the dental arch loses
its regular curve and becomes depressed in the middle.
MOLARS.
The ox has, like the horse, six molars in each arch, on either
side of each jaw. The arch is shorter, as the teeth are smaller.
The first molar is very small and each one increases in size to the
sixth ; but there is such a marked difference in the size that the
first three teeth occupy but the third of the arch, while the last
three complete the posterior two-thirds.
In the ox the molars have the same compound arrangement
of enamel as in the horse, filled up by dentine and surrounded by
a layer of cement. The latter often exists in great quantity,
aud is of a rich yellowish color. There seems to be a greater
difference in the relative density of the substances, and the
ridges of enamel stand out in sharper points as the softer dentine
becomes worn away.
As in the horse, there are three temporary molars and six
permanent molars in each arch.
According to Girard, the first temporary molar appears
from the sixth to the twelfth day, following the eruption of the
11
-ocr page 171-
162
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
second and third molars, which are sometimes through the gums
at birth or appear immediately after birth.
The permanent molars make their appearance in the fol-
lowing order : Second molar from twelve to eighteen months ;
first molar from twenty-four to thirty months; third molar at
thirty-six months ; fourth molar at eighteen months ; fifth molar
at twenty-four to thirty months; and the sixth molar at three
years or later. When the rudimentary molar (wolf-tooth)
exists it appears about the tenth month, and is driven out of its
alveolar cavity, with the appearance of the first permanent
(fourth) molar, at the age of two years.
Simonds claims that the molars do not show in the calf at
birth, and first make their appearance at the end of the first
month. Simonds also differs slightly from Girard as to the
eruption of the permanent molars, placing the appearance of the
fourth molar at six months; the fifth at fifteen months; the
sixth at two years. He evidently studied, on very precocious
cattle. Undoubtedly the eruption of the molars in cattle is-
variable, and, owing to the trouble of examination in the living
animal, its careful study has been neglected.
An annexed table shows the diversity of eruption in various
subjects. It will be found to vary somewhat, not only in the
different races of cattle, but in the families of the same race
wliich are reared under different climatic conditions and are
nourished more or less liberally.
The periods of the animal's life, as indicated by the tectli.
form the following natural divisions :—
1.   Eruption of the temporary teeth.
2.   Wearing of the temporary teeth.
3.   Eruption of the permanent teeth.
4.   Leveling of the permanent teeth.
5.   Wearing away of the crowns.
-ocr page 172-
163
ERUPTION OF TEETH IN THE OX.
TABLE OF ERUPTION OF THE TEETH IN THE OX.
Other
Authorities.
Average
Author.
GlRAKD.
Simonds.
■■Pa
S « 5
O B 5
K o
T3 .2
fl 'B
3 „. >
I
4-8 •
*£a
rtg,3
I
£ 1i
:f
all
Temporary
Incisors.
Before
birth.
Before
birth.
Before
birth
Before
birth.
At birth
At birth.
3 days.
At birth.
At birth.
12 days.
18 days.
Pinchers
1st
intermediate.
2nd
intermediate.
At birth.
5 days.
12 days.
35 days.
At birth.
5th to 9th day.
13th to 19th day.
6th to 12th day.
Earlier. '
5 days.
12 days
Corners
After
birth.
Molars.
1st.
6 to 12
days.
18 to 30
days.
At birth.
1 month.!
Few
days.
Few
days.
1 month
Earlier.
After
birth.
At birth.
2nd.
At birth.,
At birth.
After
birth.
At birth.
15 mos.
2 ys. 3 m.
2ys. 9 in.
At birth.
1 y. 9 m.
2ys. 3rn.
Earlier.
3rd.
Earlier.
At birth.
Permanent-
Incisors.
2 ys. 3 m.
19 to 21 months.
2ys. 3 in.
1 yr. 6 m.
2 ys. 3 m.
3 years.
20 mos.
2 ys. 9 m.
3 ys. 6 in.
Pinchers
1st
intermediate.
2% to 3 years.
2 ys. 9 m.
3 years.
4 years.
5 years.
3 years.
2ys. 6 m.
4  years.
2d
intermediate.
ys. 3 m.ll 'X% to 4 years.
_____jl_________________________________________
I
i ys. 9 m. 4}4 to 5 years.
2% to 8 years.
2 ys. 9 in.
3 ys. 3 m.
2 ys. 6 m.
2 ys. 6m.
3 years.
2 ys. 10 m.
2ys. 3 m.
1 yr. 6 m.
3 years.
3 ys. 9 m. 4 ys. 6 m.
Corners .
2ys.6m.
; ;■ )
lyr.6m.
3 years.
-------
1 yr. 6 m.
2 years.
2 vs. 6 m.
' ■■:.■
MoijARS.
1st.
12th to 18th month.
2(1.
3d.
3 to 4 years.
18 months.
4th.
6 mos.
1 y. 6 m.
2% to 3 year*?.
5th.
1 y. 3 m.
1 yr. 3 m.
3 years.
6th.
2 years.
3 to 4 years.
2 years.
4 years.
-ocr page 173-
164
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE TEETH.
With the young calf to be slaughtered for veal the absolute
age is usually less important than its condition of development
and its weight, but may be the cause of serious legal question and
require the most acute perception on the part of the expert to
decide and testify in controversies between the suspected butcher
and the rigid law.
FIRST PERIOD----ERUPTION OF THE TEMPORARY TEETH.
The calf is sometimes born with no incisors; but usually
the pinchers and first intermediate teeth have pierced through
Fig. 161.
Incisors of the calf, a, external face. 6, internal face.
the gums. The second intermediate teeth appear about the
tenth day, and the corner teeth seven to ten days later, but may
appear as late as the thirtieth day. The incisors do not reach
the same level and complete the arch until the fifth or sixth
month. (Fig. 161.)
SECOND PERIOD—WEARING OF THE TEMPORARY TEETH.
The leveling of the milk-teeth is very variable, according
to the food on which the calf is fed. In calves fattened for the
butcher with milk the wearing is slow, while in those that are
put early to pasture and are fed on dried forage the leveling takes
place much more rapidly. The pinchers are worn at their ante-
-ocr page 174-
165
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT INCISORS.
rior borders at six months and are leveled at ten months ; the
arch is broken in the centre and loses its continuity at the
first intermediate at one year, second intermediate at fifteen
months, and at the corner teeth at eighteen to twenty months.
Fig. l<i2.
Two years, a, external face. 6, internal face.
THIRD PERIOD—ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT INCISORS.
Twenty Months.—At this time the milk-pinchers are re-
placed by the permanent ones, which protrude somewhat
obliquely, but soon assume their natural position and are in
place at two years. (Fig. 162.)
-ocr page 175-
166                          AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS. , :/ ,
The crowns of the permanent pinchers, in this mouth, have
not become quite free from the gums; the left-hand tooth is
somewhat in advance of the other, and its enamel just shows
traces of use.                                                                   ... -.
Two years, nine months, a, external face, b, internal face.
Two Years, Six Months.—Between two and one-quarter
years to two years and nine months the first permanent interme-
diate teeth have accomplished their eruption. (Fig. 163.)
In this mouth the crowns of the first intermediate teeth
are free from the gums, and the root of the second inter-
mediate (temporary) is pressed on and its position slightly
displaced.
-ocr page 176-
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT INCISORS.                  167
Three Years, Three Months.—Between three years and
three and one-half years the second intermediate have replaced
the milk-teeth. (Fig. 164.)
Fig. 161
Three years, six months, a, external face. 6, internal face.
In this mouth the second intermediate teeth have reached
the level of the incisive arch and their enamel has commenced
to be used."
Four Years.—Between three years and nine months and
four years and six months the corner teeth are completely
through the gums and the mouth is complete. (Fig. 165.)
-ocr page 177-
168
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
The permanent comer teeth have just replaced the tem-
porary ones, and are still in an oblique position, not having
completely emerged from the gum.
Fig. 165.
Four years, a, external face. 6, internal face.
FOURTH PERIOD—LEVELING OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.
At five years the pinchers have commenced to level.
At six years the pinchers are leveled, both pairs of inter-
mediate teeth are nearly so, and the corner teeth are somewhat
worn. (Fig. 166, a.)
-ocr page 178-
169
LEVELING OF THE -PERMANENT TEETH.
FiO. 166.
o, six years. 6, eight years, c, ten years.
At seven years the first intermediate teeth are leveled, the
second intermediate are much worn, and the corner teeth have
lost their enamel at the anterior extremities.
-ocr page 179-
170                        AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
4
At eight years the entire tables are leveled and the pinchers
commence to show a concavity, which corresponds to a convexity
of the cushion of the upper jaw. (Fig. 166, b.)
Fig. 167.
«, eleven years, b, fifteen years.
At nine and ten years this concavity extends to the inter-
mediate teeth, the table of the pinchers is almost square, and
the dental star of the pinchers and first intermediate teeth has
become long and distinct. (Fig. 166, c.)
During this period, from six to ten years, the rounded arch
formed by the incisors gradually loses its convexity until it
-ocr page 180-
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE HORNS.                   171
almost forms a straight line. The teeth appear to separate, and
the gum shows between them.
FIFTH PERIOD—WEARING AWAY OF THE CROWNS.
From this time on there is a progressive change in the
shape of the teeth ; the crowns become worn down with more or
less rapidity, they diminish in size, the dental stars become
larger and square, the teeth seem to separate, and the retracting
gum leaves the yellow roots uncovered.
At ten years the dental star is square in the pinchers, and
the first intermediate and the corner teeth are leveled.
At eleven to twelve years the dental star is square in all
of the teeth, which become triangular in shape and commence
from this time on to be worn to stubs. (Fig. 167, a.)
It must always be borne in mind that the race of the an-
imal and the character of the food produce great variations in
the wearing of the teeth. Animals fed on hard forage and
those fed on brewers' grains will have their teeth worn down
much more rapidly than those fed on the prepared food of the
ordinary dairy.
DETERMINATION OP AGE BY THE HORNS.
The horns of cattle, rising more or less gracefully from the
frontal bones, were undoubtedly intended for weapons of offense
and defense. All breeds of cattle are provided with horns,
except that known as the angus or polled angus, which was
indigenous to the northern part of Great Britain from the earliest
historical times, but of which we have no trace in prehistoric
deposits. Among all varieties of cattle individuals may be de-
void of horns ; they are known as " mulley," or, if deprived of
their horns artificially (dehorned-dishorned), are called " polled."
Polling has been done by the Hindoos for over the last
two thousand years, without ever showing trace of producing
hereditary results.
The horns are symmetrical in shape, and when there is
-ocr page 181-
172
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
any noticeable difference in the length, size, or curve of the
horns, it may be assigned to some previous injury, disease, or
accidental cause.
According to the character, habits, and surroundings of the
various races and individuals, we find the horns more or less
modified in size, shape, and strength.
In the semi-wild races, like those of Asia, Hungary, Spain*
Texas, and South America, the horns may attain enormous size,.
—five feet in length; while in the most civilized, domesticated
races, like the Durham, Dutch, and Channel-Island cattle, the
horns tend to diminish in size, and may be but a few inches
long.
The bull has strong, stout, short, straight horns, dense in
structure, which seem to be as much points of hold for his
massive, heavy head as actual weapons in times of warfare; the
female has longer, sharper, more delicate horns, designed to use
in emergencies. The steer has horns which are a compromise
between those of the two sexes,—longer than those of the bull
and larger than those of the cow.
The horns have for a basement two cores, or conical, bony
projections of porous structure, richly supplied with blood-vessels,
and containing air-cells which communicate with the sinuses of
the frontal, occipital, and maxillary bones.
The cores are covered by a dense, fibrous, vascular mem-
brane, from the outer face of which, corresponding to the chorion
of the skin, the horns grow. The horns themselves are conical
tubes more or less curved, consisting of concentric layers of
epithelial growth.
Soon after birth the calf shows two little, hard, rounded
points at either side of the frontal bone, which slowly emerge
from the skin. At eight or ten days the point is through the
skin and shows the color which the horns will have later; at
three weeks a distinct little flexible horn has appeared. At five
or six months the horn has commenced to curve on its long axis
and assume the direction it will have later. Up to this time,
and during the first year, the horn is covered by an epidermic
-ocr page 182-
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE HORNS.                  173
prolongation of the skin, similar to the covering of the hoof of
the foal at birth, but by the twelfth to fifteenth month this
covering has dried and scaled off, leaving the natural, shining,
tough surface of the horn proper.
In the second year the horns start a fresh growth, and a
small groove is found encircling it between the substance secreted
the first year and that which developed in the second.
During the third year a similar activity in growth takes
place, and a second groove is found marking the line between
the two years' growth. These two grooves or circular furrows
around the horn are not well marked and have been frequently
overlooked, and all trace of them disappears as the animal be-
comes older.
From three years on, the growth of the horn is marked by
a groove or furrow, much deeper and so distinct that they show
between them a decided elevation or " ring " of horny substance,
which forms an accurate basis for estimating the age of the
animal. In an animal over three years of age we count all of the
horn beyond the first groove as indicating three years, and add
one year to its age for each groove and " ring " which is present
toward the base of the horn.
The grooves are always better marked in the concavity of
the horn than on the convex surface. In feeble, ill-nourished
animals they are but slightly marked.
Many causes, however, tend to diminish the value of the
" rings " and grooves in the estimation of age. In " show "
cattle and in herds of cattle kept for show, the horns are fre-
quently sand-papered, scraped, and polished to give them the
"fine appearance of delicate texture, which, with that of the other
integument, indicates the similar condition of the mammary
gland for secreting milk and of the connective tissue for forming
fat. Dealers scrape the horns to destroy the evidences of age
in the animals which they have for sale. In old cows there is
an atrophy of growth and an apparent contraction of the base
of the horn; the rings and grooves are much less distinctly
marked and may be indistinguishable.
-ocr page 183-
-----
174
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
In the first four years the teeth are the most valuable
indications of age, from four to ten years the horns furnish the
more accurate signs, and after ten years a careful comparison of
both is required to determine approximately the number of years
which have passed.
Fig. 167a.
Form of horns, a, Hungarian ; 6, Jura; e, Jersey; d, Durham.
-ocr page 184-
AGE OF THE SHEEP AND GOAT.
The sheep is of value for any purpose for a still more
limited period than the ox, and its exact age is of less impor-
tance, except in the case of valuable breeding animals, which
are always possessed of a registered pedigree which guarantees
the day of their birth. An approximation within a month or
two is sufficient for practical purposes in a spring lamb, and an
error of six months will not alter the taste of a four-year-old
South-Down wether for a roast saddle. After this time it is a
poor economist, except in districts where wool is the only prod-
uct to be derived from the sheep, who will not turn it over to
the butcher,—again excepting the pedigreed breeding animal.
Civilization, better agriculture, and the care of man have altered
the physiological characters of the ovine races even more than
they have those of the bovine, and a larger percentage of the
former have been rendered precocious than of any other species
of animal. As a result of the improved agricultural needs, the
sheep has altered considerably in form; the eruption of the
teeth is more hasty, the horns have diminished in size or are
absent, and the general shape of the animal has been modified.
The age of the sheep is determined by the character of the
teeth, and of the horns, when the latter are present.
DENTITION.
fm                                               0 . 0 . 3 _.
Temporary,. . . . . -^—-^—g = 20
Formula 1
Permanent,.....7—-—- = 32
■ v                                                                                       4.0.6
The sheep has thirty-two teeth, like the ox,—eight incisors
in the lower jaw, none in the upper, six molars in each arch of
either jaw, making twenty-four molars in all, and no tushes.
(175)
-ocr page 185-
176                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
INCISORS.
The incisors are eight in number. They are set firmly in
their alveolar cavities in the maxilla, and form an arch more
convex than either the incisive arch of the horse or the ox. As
in the ox, they are termed the pincJier, first intermediate, second
intermediate, and corner teeth. As in the other animals, there
are two sets, the temporary incisors and the permanent incisors.
The temporary incisors are much smaller and proportionately
much narrower than the permanent ones; so that the jaw of the
lamb has an elongated, narrow appearance, which alters greatly
in form, becoming wider and more flat in the older animals.
The incisors of both dentitions are wedge-shaped like the per-
manent incisors of the horse. They have no neck separating
the crown from the root, like the incisors of the ox and the
temporary incisors of the horse. They are firmly imbedded in
their alveolar cavities, which allows them to nip the short grass
close to the roots and obtain a living, where the ox, with its
loose incisors, can no longer obtain a hold to tear up the
blades.
Tn the virgin tooth the external face is white and polished
except near the root, where it is surrounded by a black cement.
The internal face has two longitudinal gutters divided by a little
crest. The gutters are filled with black cement. They repre-
sent by their convex anterior face, in profile, the quarter of a
circle. From this position they meet the cushion of the upper
jaw by their free extremity, like the incisors of a young horse,
and not by the posterior surface, as in the ox; so that by use
they rapidly wear the anterior border and"form a table to the
teeth like the soliped, and not like that of their closer relation,
the large ruminant. The incisors of the sheep are formed of
dentine, surrounding a pulp-cavity which becomes filled with a
darker-colored deposit at an early period, and are covered with a
layer of enamel, which disappears toward the roots, and which
is covered on the sides, in the longitudinal gutters, and near the
gums by a black cement.
-ocr page 186-
ALTERATIONS DURING THE FIRST YEAR.                   177
MOLARS.
The molars, except for their smaller size, resemble those of
the ox. They gradually increase in size from the first to the
sixth molar, the first three occupying but a third of the arch.
The relative density of the dentine and the convoluted enamel
differs greatly, so that the dentine is more rapidly worn and the
enamel stands in sharp ridges from the table of the teeth.
Eruption op the Temporary Teeth,
incisors.
Considerable diversity of description is found among the
older writers as to the time of eruption of the teeth in the sheep
from the fact that some studied them in the common races of
Central Europe, while others examined them only in the per-
fected races of England. At the present day the studies of the
latter will be found more accurate, as few flocks can be found
which are not well bred or mixed more or less with the finer
races.
At birth, the lamb may have the pinchers and first inter-
mediate teeth through the gums, or the anterior borders of these
teeth may show a whitish line where they press against the gum,
which they pierce in from three to five days. The second in-
termediate emerges from the gum about the tenth day, and is
followed tardily by the corner teeth, which do not appear until
the twenty-eighth or thirtieth day.
molars.
The three temporary molars in each arch appear about the
third week, when we find the first six incisors sufficiently ad-
vanced from the gums to allow the young animal to nip herbage,
which is to be ground by the larger teeth.
Alterations during the First Year.
One to Three Months.—During this time there is little
change in the teeth. They are slightly more prominent, but
retain their virgin appearance.
12
-ocr page 187-
178
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
About Three Months.—Sometimes just before and sometimes
just after three months from the birth of the animal the fourth
(first permanent) molar appears, that of the lower jaw preceding
that of the upper by a week or more.
Three to Nine Months.—During this half-year no characters
of substantial value can be found. The incisors during this
period attain their full size, and, according to the herbage or
other food on which the animal has been fed, more or less wear-
ing of the anterior borders of the teeth has taken place. In
addition, however, to the general aspect of the animal, it is easy
to recognize the difference between the fresher teeth, which have
scarcely been worn, of a lamb four to five months of age, and
the worn, broken, and loosening ones at eight, nine, or ten months.
Nine Months.—At nine months the fifth (second permanent)
molar makes its eruption. This fixes an important land-mark
in the determination of the age of the young animal.
The fourth and fifth molars are formed of two principal
lobes, each with two points of enamel, so that there are four
points of enamel; the internal points are higher on the lower
teeth, while the external ones are longer on the upper teeth.
These points become used, and as they are worn away the band
of central enamel is separated from the outer border of the teeth
by a larger area of dentine.
The character of the points of enamel on these teeth, or
the distance of the bands of enamel from the outer border of the
teeth, thus indicates whether the animal has just passed nine
months or is a year or more old.
Ten Months.—At about ten months the body of the maxilla
is seen to be wider and broader,—due to the development of the
permanent pinchers, which press upon the roots of the tempo-
rary pinchers, producing absorption, and these latter are found
less solidly fixed in their alveolae.
Eruption of Permanent Teeth.
One Year to Fifteen Months (Fig. 168,1).—At this period
the permanent pinchers make their appearance. In the more
-ocr page 188-
179
ERUPTION OF PERMANENT TEETH.
Fig. 168.
I, one year. II, eighteen months. Ill, two years, three months, a, external
face, b, internal face.
precocious races the eruption of the pinchers takes place at one
year, while in the common races it may not until fifteen months.
Again, a question of individual development may hasten or
retard the eruption by a month or two; so that the better-bred
-ocr page 189-
180
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
animal may be thirteen or fourteen months before the first two
permanent teeth have appeared, while the more hasty, common
animal may have its permanent teeth by the same time. In
the male the eruption takes place very slightly earlier than in
the female.
The conditions of the points on the fourth and fifth molars
already alluded to will aid in deciding if the eruption has been
hasty or tardy.
Eighteen Months (Fig. 168, II).—At a year and a half
the first intermediate permanent incisors and the sixth permanent
molars appear. The eruption of these teeth is followed very
shortly by the falling out of all the temporary molars, which
are replaced almost simultaneously by the permanent molars.
After two years the molars furnish but little indication of the
age. From this time, according to its sex, the lamb takes the
name of ram or eive.
Two Years and Three Months (Fig. 168, III).—About
nine months after the eruption of the first intermediate teeth
the second intermediate appear ; whether in precocious or tardy
races, the interval between the eruption of the first and second
intermediate teeth is some three months longer than that be-
tween the former and the pincher teeth. In tardy animals, in
which the first intermediate have not appeared until they are
nearly two years of age, the second intermediate may be delayed
until two years and nine months.
Three Years (Fig. 169, IV).—At three years the erup-
tion of the corner teeth takes place, although under the condi-
tions given above certain animals may be several months late
in completing their dentition.
A greater irregularity is found in regard to the appear-
ance of the corner teeth than in the sequence of eruption
of the others. By the time of the appearance of the corner
teeth the pinchers and first intermediate may become worn
and even leveled. Girard first noted that some sheep have
but six incisors, the corner teeth remaining aborted under the
gum.
-ocr page 190-
"*■
ERUPTION OF PERMANENT TEETH.                         18l
After four years (Fig. 169, V) there is a continuous but
very irregular wearing of the teeth, which is governed by the
nature of the food. Those animals which are fed on fine
herbage and those which are stall-fed level off the tables
evenly until but stumps remain ; but in all sheep there is always
more rapid wearing of the pinchers and first intermediate teeth,
which gives the plane of the tables of the arch a concave form.
Fig. 169.
IV, three years. V, four years, a, external face. &, internal face.
Those animals fed on the hill-sides and where shrubs and
undergrowth are abundant use their teeth much more rapidly,
and wear notches between them like the markings on a horse
which cribs on a vertical object; these notches are called, very
appropriately, by the French agriculturists, swallow-tails (queue
d'liirondelle).
-ocr page 191-
182
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
As age advances the teeth of the sheep are worn to stumps;
they become black and loose in their alveolar cavities.
In the old animals the face wrinkles, the lips become thick,
and the muzzle, which was fine and pointed in the lamb, be-
comes enlarged and broad. Sometimes in old sheep, but more
frequently in old goats, the incisors attain a great length; the
incisive arch is, however, in these cases usually broken and
irregular.
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE HORNS.
The horns of the ovine and caprine races are variable
ornaments. Some races have horns, some do not; in some
races the male has horns and the female none, while in the
others the female has very small, aborted apologies for them. In
the long-wooled English sheep the horns are absent; the
merinos originally had the magnificent typical " ram's horn,"
which has become a descriptive of shape, but domestication has
gradually reduced them in size, and in some families they abort
entirely.
The horn of the sheep grows up, out, back, and gradually
turns on a central axis, according to its length, in the form of a
conical corkscrew. The horn of the goat grows up, back, and
slightly outward.
In structure and growth the horns of the sheep and goat
are like those of the ox. The horn of the sheep is flat on its
inferior surface and convex from side to side on its superior
surface; it is divided transversely by ridges; the interspaces have
longitudinal scaly ridges and gutters.
The horns appear about fifteen days after birth, attain their
greater growth during the first year, and cease growing after
four years. If the animal is castrated the growth of the horn
lessens, whereas in the ox castration stimulates the growth.
The epidermic covering, which extends from the skin on
the appearance of the horn, dries and scales off in six weeks to
two months, leaving a roughened, scaly surface. The size and
-ocr page 192-
DETERMINATION OF AGE BT THE HORNS.                  183
roughness of these series of scaly sections vary from year to year,
and indicate the years until the horns cease to grow,—at four.
Observations by Girard on the growth of the horns of merino
rams (the horns of the merinos are the most typical) showed the
growth to be:—
The first year,.....     19 to 20 inches.
The second year,.....      5 to 6 "
The third year,.....      3 to 4 "
The fourth year,.....      2 to 3 "
29 33 "
Fig. 169-.
a, Merino ram; 6, Montenegrin ram; e, goat.
-ocr page 193-
AGE OF THE HOG.
The age of the hog is of much less importance than
that of any of the domestic animals, as this animal becomes an
article of commerce and is sent to the butcher the moment that
the ratio of its increase of weight (flesh and fat) ceases to be
greater than the proportionate cost of the food which is fur-
nished to it. Even for breeding purposes, the hog is rarely
kept to an advanced age. The question of its age only becomes
important in exhibitions, where the judges must verify the age
in the class for which the animal is entered.
DENTITION.
Temporary,           .... - ' ^ '- g==28
t, * 3.1.4.3
Permanent;            ...------------------=44
/
Formula <
The hog has forty-four teeth,—six incisors in each jaw (12),
two tushes in each jaw (4), and seven molars (which are subdi-
vided into four premolars and three molars) in each arch of
both jaws (28).
INCISORS.
The pinchers and intermediate teeth of the upper jaw are
flattened from side to side, somewhat like those of the horse,
as they also have a small dental cup; while those of the lower
jaw are straight, rounded, and directed forward like the teeth of
a rodent, with their extremities converging toward the median
line. The corner teeth of both jaws are small, conical teeth,
separated from the intermediate on the one side and from the
tusks on the other. They have no cups, but often have three
small tubercles like the incisors of the dog.
(184)
-ocr page 194-
185
MOLARS.
TUSKS.
The tusks are much more developed in the male than in
the female; they are
prismatic in shape and
curve outward and back-
ward. In the wild hog
they may attain an enor-
mous length (six inches
or more), pressing the
upper lip upward and
the lower lip downward
and crossing each other
in an X, the superior
tusk passing behind the
inferior; the two fre-
quently have their re-
spective anterior and pos-
terior faces much worn
by the constant friction
from their contact with
each other. The tusks
continue to grow during
the life of the animal.
The growth is diminished
in the castrated male.
MOLARS.
The molars are di-
vided into premolars and
post-molars. The first
premolar resembles very
much the conical corner
Fig. 170.
Lower jaw o£ pig, showing permanent dentition.
incisor tooth, but has two
roots instead of one. It
is placed in the interspace between the tusks and the other molars,
being about twice as far from the latter as from the former.
-ocr page 195-
186                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
The other molars are between the inferior molars of the
horse and the molars of the dog in form. They wear by the
centre of the crown and have not the irregular asperities found
in the herbivora. They increase gradually in size from in front
to behind, and are larger in the upper jaw than in the lower.
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE TEETH.
To Dr. Olof SchwartzkopfF I am indebted for the following:
" During the past few years many objections have been
raised, on the part of our practical breeders, to the correctness of
the older rules for recognizing the age of our domestic animals.
Several cases of an extraordinarily early development of the
dentition have been observed in fat-stock shows and other exhi-
bitions, and it has been alleged that modern feeding, with the
tendency to produce early maturity, results also in an earlier
shedding of the teeth. Not only in the United States have
these doubts been heard, but also in England and Germany.
In 1882 Prof. G. T. Brown published, in the Journal of the
Royal Agricultural Society of England, an article in which he
comes to the conclusion that, as a general thing, the views of the
breeders cannot be relied upon, and that the recognition of the
age from the teeth is still the best and surest. In June, 1886,
the Executive Committee of the Fat-Stock Show at Berlin pre-
ferred similar complaints, and requested the Minister of Agri-
culture to introduce new experiments at the veterinary schools
and agricultural experiment-stations in Germany, to ascertain
whether the signs of age from dentition, sexual development,
and growth of horns can appear at an earlier time in our pre-
cocious breeds than hitherto believed. Accordingly, Prof. A.
Nehring, of Berlin, published, in the Landwirtschaftliche Jahr-
bucher of 1888, a series of new dentition tables for pigs, as a
result of his studies and investigations upon a collection of one
hundred and thirty-one skulls of different kinds of *pigs, at the
Museum of the Royal Agricultural School at Berlin.
" Having seen and examined parts of this collection, I will
-ocr page 196-
ERUPTION OF THE TEMPORARY TEETH.                     187
undertake to demonstrate, with the guide of the tables men-
tioned, together with my own experience and observation while
practicing in breeding establishments, that our practical men have
been quite right in many cases, and that the doubts to which
reference has been made are not without foundation."
The pig, like the other animals, has two sets of teeth,—the
temporary or milk teeth and the permanent ones.
" There exists a remarkable difference in the time occupied
by the teeth in cutting their way through the gum and appear-
ing on its surface, while the mode of succession remains un-
changed. But it must be remembered that the dentition tables,
still referred to in modern books for the practical pig-breeder,
are based upon observations made in times when the common
pig was raised, or, perhaps, a breed more or less improved by
English stock, and fed in the old-fashioned style. Variations
into early maturity were then described as abnormal; but as soon
as the pure breeding of the favorites of our day commenced,
Berkshire, Poland China, et ah, and we applied to them scien-
tific feeding, we forced the animals into entirely new and arti-
ficial conditions, revealing the hitherto unknown physiological
laws of early maturity."
The periods of age which can be determined by the denti-
tion are divided as follows:—
1.  Eruption of the temporary teeth.
2.  Eruption of the permanent teeth.
3.   Wearing of the permanent teeth, after two and a half
or three years,—an age attained but by few animals.
These periods vary slightly, and when a latitude of time is
given it is understood that the shorter is for precocious pigs and
the longer for those races which approach the primitive pig.
FIRST PERIOD—ERUPTION OF THE TEMPORARY TEETH.
At Birth.—The pig is born with eight teeth,—the corner
incisors of'each jaw and the tusks. These teeth resemble each
other very much, and probably serve to aid the tongue in
sucking.
-ocr page 197-
188                          AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Four to Fourteen Days.—In the first two weeks the second
upper molar and the third lower molar appear.
Two to Five Weeks.—During the next three weeks the
second lower molar, the third upper molar, and the pinchers
of both jaws accomplish their eruption.
Five Weeks to Three Months.—At about six weeks the
intermediate incisors of the lower jaw appear, which are followed
in two weeks by the intermediate incisors of the upper jaw.
Three Months.—At three months the eruption of the tem-
porary teeth is completed, and during the next few months the
teeth become more or less worn, according to the character of food
upon which the animal is nourished.
Fig. 171.
Skull of a tiiree-montli-old pig with full milk dentition.
SECOND PERIOD—ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.
About Six Months.—Before the first half-year the first per-
manent molar (fifth) and the first premolar (wolf-tooth) in each
jaw appear.
Nine Months.—Within a month of three-quarters of a year
the corner incisors and the tusks make their eruption, followed
shortly by the second molars (sixth) of both jaws.
One Year.—At one year the lower pinchers protrude from
the gums, preceding the superior pinchers by two to three
months. At about this time, thirteen to fourteen months, the
-ocr page 198-
189
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.
third and fourth premolars appear, followed a month later by
the second premolar.
One and a Half Tears.—At eighteen months the interme-
diate incisors of both jaws make their appearance, and simulta-
neously the eruption of the third molar (seventh) takes place.
After Two Years.—After two years the incisor teeth become
used with great irregularity, according to the nature of the food ;
the tusks increase in length and give some approximation of
their age, but insufficiently to be accurate.
TABLE OF DENTITION OF THE HOG.
MILK DENTITION.
SCHWARTZKOFFF.                                   SlMONDS.
Teeth.
Precocious
Figs.
Normal Time
of Appearance.
Primitive Pigs.
Normal
Time.
Corners and tusks.
Pinchers ....
Intermediate :
Upper jaw . . .
Lower jaw. . .
1st molar . . .
3d molar :
Upper jaw . . .
Lower jaw. . .
3d Molar :
Upper jaw . . .
Lower jaw . . .
Present at birth
• 3 weeks.
8 weeks.
5 weeks.
5 weeks.
4 days.
3 weeks.
3  weeks.
4  days.
Present at birth.
3 to 4 weeks.
13 weeks.
8 weeks.
7  weeks.
8 days.
3 to 4 weeks.
3 to 4 weeks.
8 days.
5 weeks.
16 weeks.
13 weeks.
9 weeks.
14 days.
5 weeks.
5 weeks.
14 days.
At birth.
1 month.
> 3 months
PERMANENT DENTITION.
Pinchers . . . .
11 months.
13 months.
14 months.
13 months.
Intermediate
16 months
18 months.
31 months.
18 months.
Corners . . .
|7i to 8 months.
9 months.
10 months.
9 months.
Tusks . . .
8} montlis.
9 months.
10 months.
9 months.
1st premolar
|3 to 3 months.
5 months.
6 months.
3d premolar
|l3 months.
14 to 15 months.
16 months.
3d premolar
13 months.
13 to 14 months.
15 months.
4th premolar
13 months.
13 to 14 months.
15 months.
1st molar .
3 months.
5 months
6 months.
3d molar
7 to 8 months.
9 to 10 months.
13 to 14 months.
3d molar .
17 months.
18 to 19 months.
20 to 33 months.
The following explanation of the causes influencing the
variations in the dentition of the pig is given by Schwartzkopff:—
-ocr page 199-
190
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
" The question now arises as to what may be regarded as
the cause of this early dentition in modern pigs. We know that
our present method of feeding causes a rapid development of
the whole body, including, of course, the head. As the teeth
could not possibly grow without a corresponding growth of the
jaws that produce them, we must conclude that the develop-
ment of the skull is the primary cause or driving force in their
development. Unconsciously, the modern feeder has produced
here some highly interesting facts instructive to natural science
at large.
" Hitherto zoologists have been of the opinion that the form
of* skull of a fixed species is unchangeable from generation
to generation,—we may say for thousands of years. This is cor-
rect as long as we think of individuals raised in the freedom of
nature and under natural and similar circumstances. But
domestication, with its forced feeding and breeding for various
demands, has brought about unexpected changes in many re-
spects, and it is now evident that the form of skull does not rest
merely upon heredity. Only a predisposition to a certain form
of skull is transferable from parents to their offsprings, but
whether exactly the same form will be transmitted depends to a
greater extent upon the nutrition, and but little less upon the
employment of the muscles of the head and neck. It is not
only important that the nourishment be abundant and well
selected, but it is also necessary that the individual be in a
healthy condition, and his digestive apparatus in such working-
order as to be able to utilize the offered food equally well.
This is plainly seen by comparing skulls from animals which
were healthy and growing vigorously with those which received
the same advantages of nutrition, but were suffering with a
chronic disease. Continued weakness, caused either by disease
or insufficient food, produces a long, slender skull, while the
skull from a strong pig shows a remarkable expansion in its
latitude and altitude.
" The following reproductions, taken from originals in the
agricultural museum at Berlin, will illustrate this point:—
-ocr page 200-
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.                    191
" Besides the nutrition influence, a strong or weak muscular
action plays an important part in the production of form. The
pulling and pressure of muscles extensively used for certain pur-
poses, especially those of the head and neck, will give the head
a characteristic shape. Pigs which are prevented from rooting
will acquire a short, high, and rounded head, while those
which are forced to root to secure a portion of their food
will develop a long and slender form of head. If we force both
experiments to the greatest degree possible, we shall produce
Fig. 172.                                                                       Fig. 173.
Skull of a three-month-old pig which died                Skull of a two-month-old healthy and
from tuberculosis. (Half natural size.)                     well-fed pig. (Half natural size.)
those extremes which distinguish the wild pig from our im-
proved races. That this is true is proven by the fact that when
our domestic hogs are returned to absolute liberty, it will require
but a few generations to reproduce the original skull of the wild
pig. And, vice versa, we have called into existence, from the
primitive hog, all those different representative types of our day
by careful and continued selection, gradual assortment, and
particular attention to the desired qualities of form, size, etc.
The striking difference between the skull of a primitive hog and
a modern one is seen in the following illustration:—
-ocr page 201-
192
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 174.
Skull of a full-grown primitive Texas boar.
Fig. 175.
Skull of a full-grown sow of the small Yorkshire breed.
" The pig has, perhaps, the most elastic and changeable
organization of any of our domestic animals. It also has the
advantage of being able to digest all kinds of food as an om-
nivorous animal; and last, though not least, it multiplies more
rapidly than any domestic animal,—even the sheep. Therefore,
it has been at all times regarded, and properly too, as the
-ocr page 202-
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.                    193
animal par excellence for experiments in breeding, and the pig
is the best example of what men have accomplished in the
production of animals.
" Drawing, now, the conclusions from the above examina-
tions, I shall summarize them in the following theses :—
" 1. The order of succession of the teeth in our precocious
pigs remains the same as in the primitive hog.
" 2. The times when the teeth appear are variable, according
to the race, feeding, and health. The same breeds, raised under
the same conditions, will show the same appearance.
" 3. The form of the skull depends upon nutrition, health,
and more or less employment of certain muscles of the head and
neck."
-ocr page 203-
AGE OF THE DOG.
The age of the dog is a matter of considerable importance.
While the well-bred hunting-dogs, hounds, setters, and pointers,
and those of other races which are kept for breeding purposes,
have almost invariably a verified and registered pedigree, which
is stereotyped on the end of the owner's tongue, with the date
of the animal's birth, yet there are large numbers of dogs, es-
pecially of the races which are kept for house-dogs and pets,
which, from their appearance, are of undoubted good breeding,
but which, from change of owners by sale, theft, or in the many
other ways peculiar to dogs, lose their records. In view of the
great prices which these animals sometimes bring, it becomes
needful to at least approximately determine their age, and to
estimate the number of years which they still have to live and
will be of use to their owners. The smaller races of dogs usually
live to a greater age than the larger. The mastiff, St. Bernard,
and Great Dane rarely exceed the age of ten years; the hound,
setter, and pointer may live two or three years longer; and the
terriers have been known to live to seventeen, nineteen, and
twenty-two years of age.
DENTITION.
Temporary, .... • X ' 8 = 30
3.1.4
Permanent, . . . —----------'■— = 42
3.1.4.3
Formula
The dog has forty-two teeth,—twenty in the upper jaw and
twenty-two in the lower. They are divided, like those of the
other animals, into incisors, tasks, and molars, the latter again
subdivided into premolars and post-molars.
(194)
-ocr page 204-
195
TUSKS.
INCISORS.
There are six incisors in each jaw, known as the pinchers,
intermediate, and corner teeth. Those of the upper jaw are
larger than those of the lower; the corner teeth are the largest,
the intermediate are next in size, and the pinchers are the small-
est. The incisor teeth have a large crown, on the extremity of
which there are three eminences or tubercles, that in the centre
being the largest, which gives it somwhat the form of a clover-
leaf, or fleur-de-lis. The internal face is beveled off and sepa-
rated from the root of the tooth by a distinct ridge. The external
face is convex in both directions, and is smooth and shiny. The
root is very large, it is flattened from side to side, and is sepa-
rated from the crown by a well-developed neck. The root is
very firmly imbedded in the deep alveolar cavities. The virgin
root contains a large dental pulp-cavity, which, however, be-
comes obliterated at an early period. When the incisors are
worn by the friction of food and the thousand-and-one foreign
bodies which the dog " handles " with its mouth, the central
tubercle is first used, then the lateral tubercles, and last the
whole crown is worn, showing an irregular table of dentine,
surrounded by enamel, and having in its centre a dark spot
corresponding to the obliterated dental cavity.
The surface of the teeth is of a brilliant white, as, in the
dog, they are not covered with cement as in the other animals.
The temporary and permanent incisors are alike in form and
shape, but the former are very much smaller than the latter,
and, as the head and jaw of the young dog are relatively large,
the temporary incisors cannot occupy the whole arch, and so
have spaces between them showing the gum, while the larger,
permanent teeth, when virgin, are just in contact with each other
by their free extremities.
TUSKS.
The dog has four tusks, which are very prominent and
give the name of canine teeth to the corresponding teeth which
resemble them in the other animals. They are placed one each
side of each jaw, dividing the space between the incisive arch
-ocr page 205-
196
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
and the arches of the molars, unevenly ; the inferior tusks are
nearer to the incisive arch, while the superior ones are nearer
the molars, and when the jaws are closed the tusks cross each
other, coming in contact by the postero-external surface of the
inferior tusk and the antero-internal face of the superior tusk.
The temporary tusks are smaller, longer, more curved, and more
' pointed than the permanent ones.
Fig. 176.
Permanent dentition of the dog.
MOLARS.
There are six molars in each arch of the upper jaw and
seven in each arch of the lower. They increase in size from
the first premolar to the fourth of the upper jaw, and to the
first post-molar (fifth of the lower jaw), and then diminish in
size at the next to last and last molar. They have large,
bulbous crowns with pointed eminences, which serve for the
tearing rather than the grinding of food. In the upper jaw
the first three premolars are unilobular, the last is bilobular,
and the last two post-molars have flat crowns. In the lower
jaw the four premolars are unilobular, the first molar has three
eminences, and the last two have two.
When the teeth of the dog have accomplished their eruption,
they cease to grow and their roots remain firmly fixed in the
alveolar cavities. In the first dentition only the premolars are
found; the post-molars appear as permanent teeth.
-ocr page 206-
.97
MOLARS.
The molars in the clog do not form simple arches as in (he
other animals, but each arch represents a double curve; so that
the two arches on either jaw make the form of a lyre, with its
base backward and its apex forward, the widest portion of
which is on a line between the
last premolar and the first
molar. The form or curve of
the arches varies considerably
with the different races of
dogs, and increases greatly in
those breeds which, by domes-
tication, have had their heads
and maxillae shortened. These
changes may almost approach
the nature of a deformity, and
the last premolar and first
molar may be crowded en-
Fig. 178.
Skull of a pug, under surface.
FlG. 177.
Skull of a greyhound, under surface.
tirely out of the line of the other teeth, or may be absent, as is
sometimes seen in the pug or fancy bull-dogs.
Dr. James A. Waugh informs me that in the Mexican hair-
less dogs the teeth are generally irregular in number and rela-
tive position in the jaws. They have no tubercles or trefoils oh.
-ocr page 207-
198
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
the table surface of the incisor teeth. They have no canine
teeth, or tushes, in either jaw. He has met with some half-
breds that had canine teeth in the upper or the lower jaw, but
found no cases with those teeth in both jaws. The molars vary
in number and relative position in different animals. The de-
velopment of the adult dentition is much slower and later than
in other classes of dogs.
One Mexican hairless dog, aged 2 years, had five superior
incisors, no canine teeth, two superior molars on each side, one
large molar and one very small molar behind the large one ;
two inferior incisors, no canine teeth, two inferior molars on
each side, one large molar and one very small molar behind the
large one. Total number of teeth, 15.
A Mexican hairless bitch, aged 2 years, had four superior
incisors in front and one on right side midway between the front
teeth and the molars, no canine teeth, two superior molars on
each side, one small molar and one large molar behind the
smaller one; seven inferior incisors in front, and two on each
side midway between the front teeth and the molars, no
canine teeth, two inferior molars on each side, one large molar
and one small molar behind the large one. Total number of
teeth, 24.
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE TEETH.
From the evidences furnished by the teeth the age is divided
into three periods :—
1.   Eruption of the temporary teeth.
2.   Eruption of the permanent teeth.
3.   Wearing of the permanent teeth.
ERUPTION OF THE TEMPORARY TEETH.
At Birth.—Puppies may be born with all of their temporary
teeth, but if the teeth have not appeared the eruption commences
at once by the incisors and tusks of the upper jaw, and the entire
dentition is effected within the first three weeks at the longest.
(Fig. 179.)
-ocr page 208-
199
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.
Two to Four Months.—A month before the eruption of the
permanent teeth the temporary pinchers and often the inter-
mediate teeth in both jaws become loose and fall out; at this
time the points of the permanent teeth can be felt by pressing on
the gums. (Fig. 180.)
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.
The permanent teeth replace those of first dentition several
months earlier in the large races of dog than in the terrier varie-
ties. Medium-sized dogs, setters, etc., make the change later
than the large dogs and earlier than the terriers.
Fig. 179.                                Fig. 180.                                            Fig. 181.
Fig. 179—Teeth of puppy two months old.
Fig. 180.—Teeth of dog four months old ; the incisors are loose and ready to fall out.
Fig. 181.—Teeth of dog one year old, showing the incisors and tushes fresh and unworn.
Five to Eight Months.—According to the race of dog, the
permanent teeth appear rapidly in the following order: pinchers,
intermediate, corners, and tusks. The incisors do not come out
obliquely, as in the herbivora. It is worthy of note that, while
the herbivora do not have all of their permanent dentition until
they have arrived at their full development of body, the car-
nivora have theirs long before they have attained their growth
and before the consolidation of their bones.
One year.—For the first few months after their appearance
there is no alteration in the teeth; at one year they are pure
white and the tubercles on the incisors are intact. (Fig. 181.)
Fifteen Months.—From fifteen months on, commences the
wearing away of the teeth. This is first seen on the inferior
-ocr page 209-
200
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
pinchers, while the tusks and other teeth remain fresh and white
in color.
Eighteen Months to Two Years.—At about this time the
tubercles of the inferior pinchers become worn down and those
of the other incisors commence to be used, (Fig. 182.)
Two and One-half Years to Three Years.—After two and
a half years the tubercles of the inferior intermediate teeth are
worn away, the incisors of the upper jaw show signs of use, and
all of the teeth commence to lose their fresh, white appearance
and become yellowish and discolored. (Fig. 183.)
Fig. 182.                                                                     Fig. 183.
Teeth of dog eighteen months old, showing          Teeth of dog two and a half years old,
Hse of the inferior pinchers. The tushes are      showing use of inferior pinchers and inter-
still fresh and white.                                                 mediate teeth.
Three and One-half Years to Four Years.—The pinchers
of the upper jaw become worn down and are followed by the
wearing of the superior intermediate teeth.
The discoloration of the teeth increases and the tusks be-
come yellow and dirty in appearance.
After this the leveled and broken teeth give no indication
of the age. A Great Dane, which for twelve years had only
been fed at the table on tid-bits, and a poodle of thirteen years,
had teeth as fresh as those of an ordinary dog at four or five;
and bull-terriers and others at four or five may have the incisors
nearly worn away.
The leveling of the teeth of the dog consists of the wear-
ing away of the middle tubercle to the level of the lateral
-ocr page 210-
ERUPTION OF THE PERMANENT TEETH.                    201
tubercles and the wearing of the enamel from these. As we
have just seen, the leveling commences with the inferior pinchers,
is followed by that of the inferior intermediate teeth, and does
not commence on the superior incisors until it is complete on
the inferior ones; with the superior incisors it commences with
the pinchers and follows with the intermediate teeth ; the tusks
do not commence to wear until the use of the incisors is marked.
The leveling of the teeth may, however, take place much more
rapidly or more slowly than has been indicated above, and may
even be very irregular in the teeth which it first affects, accord-
ing to the nature of the food upon which the animal is
nourished.
Fig. 184.                                                                  Fig. 185.
Teeth of dog over three years old, showing Teeth of an old dog ; all of the incisors and
use of all of the incisors ; the tushes are be-                tushes are much used and worn.
corning yellow.
Dogs fed on meat and those which have bones to knaw
use their teeth more rapidly than those which are fed on
soups, broken bread, and vegetables. Dogs which are pugna-
cious, and those which are taught to swing on ropes or straps
and to fetch objects, such as sticks, stones, etc., use their teeth
rapidly and are apt to have their tusks much worn. These dogs
also frequently have irregular mouths, from broken teeth. From
these causes it sometimes happens, especially with the larger
dogs, that the teeth are so altered after three years that no
intelligible deduction can be drawn from the appearance of
the mouth.
-ocr page 211-
202
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
DETERMINATION OP AGE FROM OTHER SIGNS.
The young dog is born with its eyelids closed; these do
not open until the ninth or tenth and sometimes as late as the
fifteenth day.
Young dogs have heads which are large in proportion to
their size, and in which the cranium is large in proportion to
the size of the face.
Old dogs become gray around the nose, eyes, and forehead;
their noses become larger, and the skin over the whole face
becomes wrinkled. The lips become everted and show the red
mucous membrane along their irregular borders. The skin, at
the ordinary points of pressure in decubitus, especially in large
dogs, becomes denuded of hair and develops an epithelial growth
which is almost horny in character; so that in old dogs we
find callous points at the elbow, hock, salient points of the
pelvis, and sometimes on the shoulder. They are apt to develop
eczema and other skin troubles of a chronic nature. Frequent
epithelial tumors appear over the surface of the body. In the
old male growths on the penis and in the old female tumors in
the mammary glands are not rare. Deafness, without apparent
lesion in the ears, and cataracts, with a congested condition of
the conjunctiva, occur. Paralysis of the hind-legs, from no
evident cause, may end the old dog's life.
-ocr page 212-
AGE OF MAN.
The age of man has always been a subject of the most
profound philosophical study; for, from the time of the philoso-
pher's stone to the researches in alchemy of the Middle Ages
for the source of life everlasting, and to the elixirs of life of the
quack medicines of to-day, it has always been the desire of a
large number of mankind to outlive its time. From a practical
point of view, the question of the age of man is one of senti-
ment. The periods of babyhood, youth, adult life, and old age
are definitely marked, and depend not altogether upon the
number of years which the animal has lived, but to a greater
degree upon the mental development, which, in a precocious
youth, makes a man of him, and in an adult, who should have
been in his prime, but has abused his natural surroundings,
makes prematurely an old man.
The mother, as a matter of sentiment, looks to the denti-
tion of her baby for an evidence of its development, and the
teeth furnish medico-legal proof of the age of certain subjects;
so that the dentition of man, as in the other animals, is of first
importance as an indication of age, during a certain period,
until adult life.
DENTITION OP MAN.
Temporary, .... g■ ' ' g==20
t, . 2.1.2.3
Permanent, . . .---------------=32
2.1.2.3 d
Dental formula -
Man has thirty-two teeth,—four incisors in each jaw (8),
two tushes in each jaw (4), and five molars (which are sub-
divided into two premolars and three molars) in each arch of
both jaws (20). The arch of the teeth, unlike in the other
animals, is continuous, no interspace existing between the
incisors and the tushes, nor between the latter and the molars.
(203)
-ocr page 213-
204                        AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
The upper arch is slightly larger than the lower, and the corre-
sponding teeth of each jaw are not directly opposite each other,
but come in contact with two opposite teeth, so that, if one is
lost, the opposing tooth still finds a resisting surface, and has
not the tendency to displacement found in the herbivora under
similar circumstances.
The incisors, four in each jaw, are known as the central
and lateral incisors; they have a single root and a sharp,
wedge-shaped crown, divided from the former by a distinct
neck.
FIG. 186.
Upper and lower teeth of one-half of the dental arches in each jaw ; two incisors,
one tush, two premolars, three molars, in each.
The tushes, called cuspids (cuspis, a spear), from their
pointed crowns, are two in number in each jaw. These teeth
are also called canine teeth; those of the upper jaw are called
eye teeth, and those of the lower jaw stomach teeth. '
The premolars, two in each side of jaw, are called bicus-
pids (jbicuspidati, two spear-points), from the two eminences on
their crowns.
The molars, six in each jaw, are known as the first, second,
and third, or as the six-year molars, twelve-year molars, and the
wisdom teeth (dens sapientia), from the fact that the two first
appear at six and twelve years, and the last not until adult age,
when wisdom is supposed to come.
-ocr page 214-
DENTITION OF MAN.                                     205
The incisors are double wedge-shape,—widest at the cut-
ting edge, thickest at the neck, slightly concave on the inner
and slightly convex on the outer surface. The superior or
upper are larger than the inferior or lower incisors, and the
central incisors are wider than the lateral. In the case of the
inferior incisors, the laterals are wider than the centrals. The
incisors, both superior and inferior, have each but one root.
The use of these teeth in eating is to "bite " or cut off a portion
of food, operating on the same principle as a pair of scissors.
The cuspids are less concave on the inner surface and more
convex on the outer surface than the incisors, and terminate in
a point. They have but one root, but this is longer and stronger
than that of any other tooth in the mouth. The superior cus-
pids are larger and have longer roots than the inferior. The
use of the cuspids is to seize and tear or lacerate obstinate sub-
stances preparatory to mastication. It is an interesting fact
that these teeth are more prominent in proportion as the animal
approaches the purely carnivorous or flesh-eating class, and are
never found in an animal having horns. The bicuspids are
smaller than the cuspids, convex on both outer and inner sur-
faces, and flattened on the sides. Their long diameter is across
the jaw. The roots are conical. The inferior have but one
root; the superior sometimes a single root, often deeply
grooved, and sometimes entirely divided,—bifid. The molars
have large grinding surfaces, divided by grooves into cusps or
points. The crowns of the inferior are larger than those of the
superior. In each jaw they decrease in size from before back-
ward. The superior first and second molars have, as a rule,
three roots each. The inferior first and second molars have
each two roots, which are often deeply grooved, and sometimes
bifid. The third molars or wisdom-teeth of both jaws have
but a single root each, though this is sometimes divided into
three in the upper jaw and two in the lower. The inferior
third molar is larger than the superior.
The deciduous or temporary teeth are much smaller than
the permanent, although the roots are generally larger and
-ocr page 215-
206                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
longer, in proportion to the size of the crowns, than those of
the adult set. There are only twenty teeth in the deciduous
set,—four incisors, two cuspids, and four molars in each jaw.
Figs. 190 and 191 represent the temporary teeth,—superior
and inferior. There are no bicuspids and no third molars or
wisdom-teeth in the temporary set. Four bicuspids and two
wisdom-teeth in each jaw,—twelve in all,—which are not in
the deciduous or temporary set, make the permanent set to con-
sist of thirty-two teeth.
The surfaces of the teeth which are toward the lips are
called " labial; " toward the cheeks, " buccal; " toward the
tongue, on the lower jaw, " lingual; " and toward the roof of
the mouth, on the upper jaw, " palatal." The surfaces next to
each other are called " approximal; " those looking toward the
Fig. 187.                                  Flo. 188.                                  Flo. 189.
centre, "mesial; " and those looking from the centre, "distal.""
The parts of the six front teetii of both jaws which come in
contact with each other are called the " cutting edges," and the
broad surfaces of the bicuspids and molars which are brought
in contact in the act of masticating are called the " grinding or
articulating surfaces."
The structure of the teeth is approximately that of the
tush-tooth of the horse or of the molars of the dog, cpnsisting
of a central pulp covered with dentine, which makes up the
bulk of the tooth, and which is again covered with enamel.
The cement in man covers the root only, or at most only slightly
overlaps the enamel.
Figs. 187 and 188 represent a central incisor and a molar,
split vertically so as to show their various parts. A is the
-ocr page 216-
20T
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE TEETH.
cutting edge or grinding surface, covered, as is the entire
crown, with enamel; B, the cementum covering the roots; C,
the dentine; D, the pulp-cavity. Fig. 189 shows a transverse
section of a molar, of natural size, in which 1 is the dentine; 2,
the enamel; 3, the pulp-cavity.
The pulp is not replaced by dentine as the animal becomes
adult, but remains vascular and with a nerve-supply, and when
exposed by disease of the tooth causes the toothache, which is
not possible in the adult herbivora.
DETERMINATION OF AGE BY THE TEETH.
TEMPORARY DENTITION.
The baby is born without teeth and depends entirely upon
the mother's milk or artificially prepared food which does not
require mastication until the fifth month, when the eruption,
called cutting teeth,, so well known in every household, com-
mences with the central incisors. The lower teeth of each set
usually precede the upper by several weeks to two or three
months.
The teeth usually appear in pairs, but often that of one side
precedes the other by some weeks, and in rare cases several
pairs may appear at once. The eruption of the teeth in the
baby is frequently attended with much pain, and sometimes by
grave and serious disturbance of the digestive and nervous
systems, terminating even in death. These complications are
rare in other animals, but occasionally occur in young dogs,
which may have gastro-enteritis or convulsions during the erup-
tion of the permanent teeth, and avc have already noted a case
of convulsions in a two-year-old colt. An intercurrent disease
during dentition may delay or alter its processes.
An increased flow of saliva, hot and dry skin, constipation
and diarrhoea, eruptions of the skin and ulcers in the mouth
are frequent attendant symptoms of the appearance of the teeth.
Difficult dentition is accompanied by itching of the nose, twitch-
-ocr page 217-
208
AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
ing of the muscles, dilatation of the pupils, and evidences of
suffering and fever.
FlQ. 190.
Dentition of child six years old. upper jaw.
The eruption of the temporary teeth is shown in the fol-
lowing table:—
Two central incisors (No. 1) between the fifth and eighth months.
Two lateral incisors (No. 2) between the seventh and tenth months.
Two canines (No. 3) between the twelfth and sixteenth months.
Two first molars (No. 4) between the fourteenth and twentieth
months.
Two second molars (No. 5) between the twentieth and thirty-sixth
months.
Fig. 191.
Dentition of child six years old, lower jaw.
The teetli marked "6," in Figs. 190 and 191, do not belong
to the temporary set.
-ocr page 218-
209
THE PERMANENT DENTITION.
PERMANENT DENTITION.
The permanent teeth are well developed and pressing on
the roots of the temporary ones before the latter are shed.
Fig. 192 illustrates the jaws of a child about six years of
age, in which the relations of the two sets of teeth are shown,—
the temporary teeth still in position, and the sixth-year molars
just erupting. The permanent incisors, both upper and lower,
—which, after the sixth-year molars, are the next to erupt,—are
the most advanced, both as to completeness of form and as to
Fig. 192.
position. The canines, which are not due until the child is
between eleven and thirteen years of age, are not nearly so
complete in form nor so far advanced toward eruption.
The permanent teeth appear in the following order:—
First molars,.
Central incisors,
Lateral incisors,
First bicuspids,
Second bicuspids,
Canines,
Second molars,
Wisdom-teeth,
5  to 6 years.
6  to 8 years.
7  to 9 years.
9 to 10 years.
10  to 11 years.
11  to 13 years.
12  to 14 years.
17 to 21 years.
u
-ocr page 219-
210                         AGE OF THE DOMESTIC ANIMALS.
Fig. 193 illustrates an upper permanent or adult set of
teeth. These teeth are known by the same names as the corre-
sponding teeth of the lower jaw.
Fig. 193.
Fig. 194 is a side view of the adult lower jaw, in
which No. 1 represents the central
incisor; No. 2, the lateral incisor;
No. 3, the canine; No. 4, the
first bicuspid; No. 5, the second
bicuspid; No. 6. the first (sixth-
year) molar; No. 7, the second
(twelfth-year) molar; and No.
8, the third molar, or wisdom-
tooth
\ Six-year molar.
Fig. 1»4.
-ocr page 220-
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Goubaux and Barrier.—De l'Exterieur du cheval. Par MM. Armand
Goubaux et Gustave Barrier, deuxie"me edition. Paris: Asselin et
Houzeau, 1890.
Cuauveau.—Traite d'Anatomie comparee des Animaux Domestiques.
Par A.-Chauveau. 3me edition, de S. Arloing, Paris. J. B.
Bailliere et File, 1819.
Girard.—Traite de l'Age du Cheval. ParfeuN.-F. Girard. 3me edition,
etc., augmentee de l'age du boeuf, du mouton, du chien, et du
cochon, par F. Girard. Paris : Bechat Jeune.
Bracy Clark.—On the Knowledge of the Age of the Horse by his
Teeth. London, 1826.
Mayiiew.—The Horse's Mouth, etc. By Edward Mayhew.
H. Bouley. Ages. Nouveau Dietionnaire pratique de Medecine de
chirurgie et d'hygiene veterinaires. Paris, 1856.
B-EYNAii.—-Age. Ibid.
Simonds.—The Age of the Ox, Sheep, and Pig, etc. By James Beart
Simonds. London, 1854.
Olof Schwartzkopff.—Modern Feeding of Pigs, and its Influence upon
the Formation of the Skull and Dentition.
J. W. White, M.D.,D.D.S.—The Mouth and the Teeth. P. Blakiston,
Son, & Co., Philadelphia, 1891.
G. Cuvier.—Lecons d'anatomie comparee.
Toussaint.—De Page des chevaux de course, au point de vue de la
doctrine de la precocite". Recueil de Med. Vet., 1875, fol. 992.
------Traite de la connoissance exterieure de cheval, avec un examen ana-
lytique de toutes les fourberies des Maquignons. Turin, 1769.
F. Locoq.—Traite de l'Exterieur du Cheval et des principaux animaux
domestiques. 5me edition. P. Asselin, Paris, 1876.
Andre Sanson.—Traite de Zootechnie. Paris, 1874.
A. Railliet.—Elements de Zodlogie Midicale et Agricole. Paris, 1886.
Carlo Ruini.—Anatomia del Cavallo, Gasparo Bindoni. Venitia,
MDXCIX.
(211)
-ocr page 221-
212
BIBLIOGRAPHY.
Francesco Liberati Romano.—La perfettione del Cavallo. Roma, 1639.
Pessina.—Sul modo de conoscere dai denti l'eta dei Cavalli. Milan, 1831.
Carlo Lessona.—Compendio d'Ippiatria. Torino, 1846.
Youatt.—History, Treatment, and Diseases of the Horse.
W. H. Clarke.—Horse's Teeth. Turf, Field, and Farm. New York.
1883.
Liautard.—How to tell the Age of the Domestic Animals. Jenkins,
New York.
Ellenberger and Batim.—Anatomie des Hundes. By Dr. W. Ellenberger
and Dr. H. Baum. Paul Parey, Berlin, 1891.
Ch. Cornevtn.—Traite de Zootechnie Generate. J. B. Bailliere et Fils.
Paris, 1891.
Cornevin et Lesbre.—Charactferes osteologiqiies differentiels de la
chevre et du mouton. Journal de Mdd. Vet. et de Zootechnie.
September, 1891.
Cruzel.
Daubenton.—Histoire Naturelle, etc.
Erick-Viborg.
James A. Waugh.
-ocr page 222-
INDEX.
Abnormal triangularity, 127
Absence of incisors, 127
of superior incisors, ox, 158
Absorption of bone, 15
Aeropinic, 146
Age, juvenile, 1
adult, 1
senile, 2
Age of ass, 157
of dog, 194
of goat, 175
of hinny, 157
of hog, 184
of horse, 9
of man, 203
of mule, 157
of ox, 158
of sheep, 175
Aged, 48
Alveolar periosteum, 22, 141
Angle of incidence of incisors, 29
Arch of incisors, 29
Artificial cup, 155
irregularities, 151
Ass, age of, 157
supernumerary tush tooth, 126
Augmentation of teeth, 123
Barren mares, 31
Berkshire, 187
Biangular table, 21
Bicuspids, 205
Birth of hog, 187
of horse, 53, 55
Bishoping, 155
Brachygnatbism, 123
Calf, incisors of, 164
Canaliculi, 26
Canine teeth, horse, 31
Caps of molars, 35, 36, 37
Cartilaginous beds, ox, 161
cushion, ox, 158
Carlo Ruini, error, 33
Cauterization, 153, 154, 155
Cavity of dental pulp, 12
Cement, molars, 42
excessive deposits, 25
use of, 25
Cemeutoma. 140
Characters furnished by teeth, 51
Collection of skulls, 186
Contagious diseases, 43
fevers, 16
Convergence of incisors, 31
Convulsions, 15, 43
Cores of horns, 172
Corner teeth, horse, 16
Cribbing, 146
Crown, incisors, horse, 17
molars, 37
Cup, artificial, 155
double, 127
of teeth, 12, 17
Cushion of upper jaw, ox, 160
Cuspids, 205
Cutting teeth, 207
Date of birth, 44
common-bred, 44
thoroughbreds, 44
Deciduous molars, horse, 33
teeth, 11
Deficiency of length, 140
in length of crown, 141
Dehorned," 171
Dental cavity, 12
cup, 12, 17
formula, 8
of dog, 194
of aoat, 175
of hog, 184
of horse, 9
of man, 203
of ox, 158
of sheep, 175
Dental star, 19, 26, 93
change of position, 28
ox, 161
Dentine, 22
molars, 41
Dentists, equine, 152
Dentition of dog, 194
of goat, 175
of bos, 184
table of, 189 '
of horse, 9
of man, 203
of ox, 158
of sheep, 176
Depth of cups, 19, 128
Determination of age, dog, 198, 203
hog, 186
horse, 48
by skin, 49
by knots in tail, 50
by teeth, 50
man, 207
ox, by horns, 171
by teeth, 164
sheep, 182
Development, molars, 40
(213)
-ocr page 223-
214
INDEX.
Direction of incisors, 89
ox, 160
of plane of contact, 29
in regard to median line, 80
Disease of jaw, 144
of molars, 144
Dishorned, 171
Divergence of incisors, 30
Diverticula, 40
Dog, age of, 194
dental formula, 194
dentition, 194
determination of age, 198, 202
incisors, 195
irregular teeth, 201
molars, 196
permanent teeth, eruption, 199
temporary teeth, eruption, 198
tusks, 195
Dogs, Mexican, 197
Double cup, 127
rows of incisors, 123
Dressed mouth, 156
Duration of life of horse, 46
Durham, 174
Etmrnated substance, 26
Effect of surroundings on age, 2
Eight months. 54, 62, 63
temporary molars, 33
Eighteen months, sheep, 179
Enamel,'25
germ, 21
of the cup, 22
molars, 41
peripheral, 22
Epidermic covering of horns, 172-182
Epochs of age, 1
Equine dentists. 152
Error, Carlo Ituini, 33
Eruption, hasty, 43
oblique, 152
of teeth, hog, 187
of horse, 43
of incisors, horse, 43, 53
of temporary teeth, goat, 177
of permanent incisors, ox, 165
of temporary teeth, ox, 164
of sheep, 177
of tusks, 44
of molars, 44
table of, horse, 45
tardy, 43
Evolution of skull, hog, 191
Ewe, 180
Excess of length of crown, 142
Excessive length, 128
of jaws, 136
of single teeth, 140
of teeth, 136
Feeding, irregular, 143
Fifth period, ox, 171
eleven years, 171
Fifth period, ox, twelve years. 171
First dentition, molars, horse, 33
Fissure of incisors, 128
in mules, 128
Five months, 53, 60, 61
years, ox, 168
Fleur-de-lis, 195
Foetal teeth, 11
Form of horns, 174
Four months, 53, 59
years, sheep, 181
Fourteen years, irregular, 132, 133
Fourth period, 92
horse, 92
six years, 92, 94, 95
seven years, 92, 96, 97
eight years, 92, 98, 99
ox, 168
five years, 168
six years, 168
seven years, 169
eight years, 170
nine years, 170
ten years, 170
Fraudulent acts, 137, 153
horns, ox, 173
Fundamental substance, 26
Germ of the enamel, 21
ivory, 21
Germ-follicle, 21
Goat, age of, 175
horns, 182
incisors cf, 176
irregular incisors, 182
molars, 177
old, 182
structure of horns, 182
Greyhound, skull, 197
Grooves of horns, 173
Growth of horns, 173, 182
sheep, 182
Gutters, molars, 34
Gyps, 155
Hardness of bone, thoroughbred, 51
enamel, 25
teeth, 128
Hasty eruption of teeth, 43
Hasten age, 152
Hinny, age of, 157
Histology, 26
Hog, birth, 187
dental formula, 184
dentition, 184
determination of age, 186
eruption of teeth, 187
incisors, 184
milk dentition, 189
molars, 185
permanent teeth, 188
precocity, 186
table of dentition, 189
temporary teeth, 187
-ocr page 224-
215
INDEX.
Hog, tushes, 185
Horizontality of incisive arches, 30
Horns, 182
epidermic covering, 172-182
form of, 174
goat, 182
growth of, 173
ox, 171
scraped, 173
shape of, 172
sheep, 182
show-cattle, 173
Hot iron to gums, 153
Hungarian ox, 174
Hypertrophy of molar, 145
January, date of birth of thorough-
breds, 44
Jaw, diseased, 144
Jersey, 174
Jura ox, 174
Knots in tail, 50
Lamb, 180
Leveling, ox, 160
Longevity of horse, 47
Man, age of, 203
dentition, 203
dental formula, 203
incisors, 204
table of eruption of temporary
teeth, 207
table of eruption of permanent
teeth, 207
temporary dentition, 207
tushes, 204
Mares' tusks, 31
Mark of mouth, 100
Marks of cribbing, 148-151
Maxillary sinus, 39
May, date of birth of common-bred, 44
Merino ram, 183
Mexican dogs, 197
Milk dentition, hog, 189
molars, horse, 33
teeth, horse, 11
remaining, 125
Montenegrin ram, 183
Moon-blindness, 43
Mule, age of, 157
Mulley, 171
Molars, 204
caps, 35, ;'>6, 37
development, 40
diseased, 144
diverticula, 40
dog, 196
first dentition, horse, 33
goat, 177
hog, 185
horse, 33
hypertrophy, 145
inferior, horse, 40
infundibula, 40
man, 205
milk, horse, 33
ox, 161
permanent dentition, 35
second dentition, 35
sheep, 177
structure, 40
sub-zygomatic, 126
superior, 36
supernumerary, 126
Nine years, irregular, 130, 131
Number of teeth, horse, 9
Oblique eruption, incisors, 152
Incidence, angle of, 29
Incisors, absent, 127
irregular, goats, 182
of calf, 159, 164
of dog, 195
of eruption, 152
of hog, 184
of horse, 11
first dentition, 11
permanent, 16
of man, 204
of ox, 159
of sheep, 176
structure, 160
united, 127
Inferior molars, horse, 40
Infundibula, molars, 40
Interlobular spaces of Czermak, 27
Intermediate teeth, horse, 16
Introduction, 1
Irregular feeding, 142
Irregularities of the dental system, 122
artificial, 151
bishoping, 123
depth of dental cup, 122
diminution, 122
dog, 201
excess of size of .jaw, 122
excess or fault of use, 123
fault of length of jaw, 122
filing, 123
fissure of the dental cup, 122
form of the cup, 122
form of the incisors, 122
fourteen years, 132, 133
fraudulent alterations, 123
goat, 182
in number, 123
marks produced by cribbing, 123
nine years, 130, 131
sheep, 180
size of the cavity of cup, 122
uniting of two incisors, 122
Is — years, 51
— years off, 51
Ivory, 22
germ, 21
molars, 41
-ocr page 225-
216
INDEX.
Periods of eruption, horse, second
period, 64
third period, 74
fourth period, 92
fifth period, 100
Periodic ophthalmia, 43
Peripheral enamel, 22
Permanent dentition, hog, 189
man, 208
incisors, horse, 16
ox, eruption, 165
molars, horse, 35
ox, 161
teeth, dog, 198
teeth, hog, 188
Pinchers, horse, 16
Poland China, 187
Polled, 171
hangus, 171
Polling by Hindoos, 171
Post-molars, 36
horse, 33
Precocity of hog, 186
of horse, 47
of sheep, 175
Premolars, 36, 204
horse, 33
man, 205
Primitive diameter, table of incisors, 29
Principles of examination for age, 48
Prognathism, 123, 140
Pulp-cavity, 12, 19
Queue d'Hirondelle, 181
Ram, 180
Relative angle of incisors, 29
Removing temporary incisors, 153
Mistime, direction of incisors, 31
Reversed parrot-mouth, 139
Rings of horns, 173
Rising — years, 51
Roots, molars, 34
permanent molars, horse, 39
Rounded table, 19
Rudimentary molars, ox, 158
Second dentition molars, horse, 35
period, horse, 64
one year, 64, 66, 67
sixteen months, 64, 68, 69
twenty months, 64, 70, 71
two years, 64, 72, 73
Sections of incisors, anteroposterior, 26
horse, 19
Sheep, age of, 175
eruption of incisors, 177
eruption of molars, 177
horns of, 182
incisors, 176
irregularities of teeth, 180
molars, 177
old, 182
precocity, 175
Obliquity of incisive arches, 30
Off years, 51
Ogive, 29
Old dogs, 302
English $|, 37, 40
goat, 182
horses, 46
sheep, 182
One month, 53, 57
week, 53, 56
year, sheep, 179
Oval table, 19
Ox, age of, 158
dental formula, 158
star, 161
determination of age by horns, 171
by teeth, 164
dentition of, 158
direction of incisors, 160
eruption of permanent incisors, 165
of temporary teeth, 164
molars of, 161
permanent molars, 161
rudimentary molars, 158
table of dentition, 158
table of eruption of teeth, 163
temporary incisors, 160
molars, 161
wearing of temporary teeth, 164
Papilla of the enamel, 22
of the ivory, 22
molars, 41
Papillse, 21
Parrot-mouth, 137, 138
reserved, 139
Past mark of mouth, 100
Period, 189
Periods, growth, 2-4
stationary, 2-5
decline, 2-5
of age, 1 .
of horse, 53
eruption of incisors of first den-
tition, 53
leveling of temporary incis-
ors, 64
falling out of the temporary
teeth, 74
appearance of the permanent
teeth, 74
leveling of permanent teeth, 92
successive forms, tables of per-
manent teeth, 100
of ox, 162
eruption of temporary teeth, 162
wearing of the temporary
teeth, 162
eruption of the permanent
teeth, 162
leveling of permanent teeth, 162
wearing away of the crowns, 162
of eruption, horse, 51
first period, 53
-ocr page 226-
INDEX.
Temporary teeth, ox, wearing, 164
tusks, 32
Ten months, 54, 62, 63
Texas boar, skull, 192
Three months, 53, 58
years, sheep, 180
Third period, horse, 74
two and a half years, 74
rising three years, 74, 78, 79
three years, 74
three years off, 75, 80, 81
rising four years, 75, 82, 83
four years, 75, 84, 85
four years off, 75, 86, 87
rising five years, 76, 88,89
five years, 76, 90, 91
five years off, 70
Transverse incisors, 125
table, 19
Triangular, abnormal, 127
table, 21
Tushes, horse, 31
ox, 158
supernumerary, 126
Tusks of dog, 195
of hog, 185
of horse, 31
Twelve-year molars, 204
Two years, sheep, 179
Uniting of two incisors, 127
Use of cement, 25
teeth, 7-9
Used, 48
Virgin tooth, 12
Wearing of molars, 42
of teeth, 136
dog, 198
of temporary teeth, ox, 164
Wind-sucking, 146
Wisdom-teeth, 204
Wolf-teeth, 33, 158
ox, 158
—years off, 51
Yorkshire sow, skull, 192
Young animals, 3
Sheep, structure of horns, 183
Sinus, maxillary, 39
Six months, 54
Six-year molars, 204
Skull of greyhound, 197
of hog, evolution, 191
of pug, 197
of Texas boar, 192
of Yorkshire sow, 192
Star, dental, 19, 26
Structure of horns, goat, 182
sheep, 182
of molars, 40
of incisors, 21
ox, 160
of tushes, 32
Subzygomatic molars, 126
Superior molars, 36
Supernumerary intermediate teeth, 123
molars, 126
pinchers, 123
teeth, 125
tush teeth, 126
Superstition, 15, 31
Swallow-tails, 181
Table, 21, 27
biangular, 21
oval, 19
rounded, 19
transverse, 19
triangular, 21
Table, change of form, 28
Table of dentition of hog, 189
of ox, 158
of eruption of teeth, ox, 163
of incisors, ox, 160
of teeth. 17, 27
Tangents, 29
Tardy eruption of teeth, 43
The teeth, 7
Teeth of rodents, 184
Temporary dentition, man, 207
incisors, ox, 160
removed, 152
molars, ox, 161
teeth, dog, 198
hog, 187
horse, 11
ox, eruption, 164
Zo¥z
-ocr page 227-
THE JOURNAL OK
Comparative Medicine
^Veterinary Archives.
EDITED BY
W. A. CONKLIN, Ph.D., D.V.S.,
Director of the Zoological Gardens, New York;
AND
R. S. HUIBEKOPER, M.D., Veterinarian,
Professor of Sanitary Medicine and Veterinary Jurisprudence, American Veterinary College, New York.
A MONTHLY JOURNAL
which offers to the Veterinary Profession, to Physicians interested in
Comparative Medicine, and to the intelligent Agriculturist, Stock-
breeder and Horseman, the most complete record of the discoveries in
Comparative Medicine and of the advance in Veterinary matters that
can be found in any one publication in the English language.
All matters of general interest in animal industry, the breeding,
care of, shoeing, use of, and commerce in animals, are carefully reported.
These allied subjects are as useful to the Horseman and Agriculturist
as they are neeessaiy to the Veterinarian.
During the last year articles were published from the pens of
Berns, Coates, Bryden, Butler, Clement, Curtice, Fleming, Hoskins,
Liautard, Lyford, Meyers, Morris, Paquin, Peters, Salmon, Schwartz-
kopff, Schufeldt, Sibley, J. Bland Sutton, Welch, Williams, and many
others, the most prominent Veterinarians in the world.
The readers are assured that Volume XIII for 1892 will surpass
the previous editions in the matter contained, pertaining to Compara-
tive Medicine, Clinical Records, Laboratory Research, and Animal
Industry. Illustrations are used whenever they can aid in rendering
the writings more clear.
Full reports of the Veterinary Schools of the United States and
Canada, and the proceedings of the local, State and United States
Veterinary Medical Associations are published promptly.
The Journal is the organ of no school, but is flie representative
of the Veterinary Profession of the United States and Canada.
PUBLISHED MONTHLY, AT THREE DOLLARS A YEAR IN ADVANCE.
Address all Communications and Payments to
JOURNAL COMPARATIVE MEDICINE AND VETERINARY ARCHIVES,
S. W. Cor. 42d Street and Park Avenue, New York.
-ocr page 228-
John Reynders & (X
Manufacturers and Importers of
Superior Veterinary Instruments.
NEW CATALOGUE OF ALMOST 100 PAGES IN PRESS.
BOUND COPIES, 15 GENTS. OTHERS FREE.
we would call attention to the following:
Con key's Hobbles.
Price's Operating Table.
Conkey's Securing Harness.
U. S. Army Slings.
Den
Cutters and E
passed Te
Lat
" King " of Ecraseurs.
New Bog Spavin and Thorough
Pin Truss.
Latest Thermo-Cautery for Firing
Generally.
303 Fourth Avenue, New York:.
-ocr page 229-
ESTABLISHED 1B62.
Ontario Veterinary College,
40, 42, 44, and 46 Temperance Street,
(Near Bay Street)
TORONTO, CANADA.
In connection with the Council of the Agriculture and Arts
Association of Ontario.
PATRONS :
HIS EXCELLENCY LORD STANLEY OF PRESTON,
Governor-General.
MARQUIS OF LANSDOWNE.
MARQUIS OF LORNE.
LORD DDTFERIN.
THE HON. J. J. C. ABBOTT, Premier of Canada.
SIR ALEXANDER CAMPBELL, Lieutenant-Governor
of Ontario.
THE HON. JOHN CARLING, Mlntster of Agriculture.
THE HON. ALEXANDER MACKENZIE.
THE HON. A. M. ROBS.           •
THE HON. JOHN DRYDEN, Commissioner of Agri-
culture for Ontario.
Unequalled facilities for teaching; most successful Veterinary institution in America.
Apply to Principal,
A. SMITH, V.S. Edinburgh F.R.C.V.S., and Hon. Associate R.C.V.S.
-ocr page 230-
SEASON OF 1891-1892.
' In place of repeated revisions,
Supplements to this Catalogue
will be issued at intervals of about every
three months. These supplements will
be regularly mailed to all those who will
favor us,with their name and address.
(atalogue
OF THE
Medical
Publications
OF
Branch Offices:
F. ft. DAVL5,
Medical Publisher *»»
Bookseller,
1231 Filbert Street,
philadelphia, pa.
NEW YORK CITY—117 W. Forty-Second St.
CHICAGO—24 Lakeside Building, 214-220
S. Clark Street.
ATLANTA—69 Old Capitol.
LONDON, ENG.—40 Berners Street Oxford
Street, W.
Order from Nearest Office.
For Sale by all Booksellers.
SPECIAL NOTICE.
PRICES of books, as given in our catalogues and circulars, include
full prepayment of postage, freight, or express charges. Cus-
tomers in Canada and Mexico must pay the cost of duty, in
addition, at point of destination.
N. B.—Remittances should be made by Express Money-Order,
Post-Offlce Money-Order, Registered Letter, or Draft on New York
City, Philadelphia, Boston, or Chicago.
We do not hold ourselves responsible for books sent by mail; to
insure safe arrival of books sent to distant parts, the package should be
registered. Charges for registering (at purchaser's expense), ten cents
for every four pounds, or less.
-ocr page 231-
INDEX TO CATALOGUE.
Miscellaneous.
PAGE
Book on the Physician Himself—Cathell.      5
Oxygen—Demarquay and Wallian ....      7
Record-Book of Medical Examinations
for Life Insurance—Keating.....    11
The Medical Bulletin, Monthly......    13
Physician's Interpreter..........    15
Circumcision—Remondino........    18
Medical Symbolism—Sozinskey......    23
International Pocket Medical Formulary
—Witherstine.............    26
The Chinese: Medical, Political, and
Social—Coltrnan.............    31
A, B, C of the Swedish System of Educa-
tional Gymnastics—Nissen......    32
Lectures on Auto-Intoxication—Bouchard   32
Nervous System, Spine, etc.
Spinal Concussion—Clevenger.....      6
Structure of the Central Nervous System
—Edinger...............      8
Epilepsy: its Pathology and Treatment-
Hare ..................    10
Lectures on Nervous Diseases—Rauney .    30
Obstetrics.
Childbed : its Management; Diseases and
Their Treatment—Manton......    13
Eclampsia—Michener and others.....    15
Obstetric Synopsis—Stewart.......    24
Pharmacology.
Abstracts of Pharmacology—Wheeler . . 25
Physiognomy.
Practical and Scientific Physiognomy—
Stanton................ 30
Physiology.
Physiology of the Domestic Animals—
Smith................. 23
Surgery and Surgical Operations.
Circumcision—Remondino........ 18
Principles of Surgery—Senn....... 20
Swedish Movement and Massage.
Swedish Movement and Massage Treat-
ment—Nissen............. 15
Throat and Nose.
Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology .    11
Hay Fever—Sajous............    19
Diphtheria, Croup, etc.—Sanne......    19
Lectures on the Diseases of the Nose and
Throat—Sajous............    31
Venereal Diseases.
Syphilis : To-day andan Antiquity—Buret 4
Neuroses of the Genito-Urinary System
in the Male—Ultzmann........ 24
Veterinary.
Age of the Domestic Animals—Huide-
koper.................. 32
Physiology of the Domestic Animals-
Smith ................. 23
Visiting-Lists and Account-
Books.
Medical Bulletin Visiting-List or Physi-
cians' Call-Record ,........... 14
Physicians' All-Requisite Account-Book . 16
)
PAGE
Annual of the Universal Medical
Sciences..............27, 28, 29
Anatomy.
Practical Anatomy—Boenning......      4
Structure of the Central Nervous Sys-
tem—Edinger.............      8
Charts of the Nervo-Vascular System-
Price and Eagleton..........    17
Synopsis of Human Anatomy—Young . .    25
Bacteriology.
Bacteriological Diagnosis—Eisenberg . . 8
Clinical Charts.
Improved Clinical Charts—Bashore ... 3
Consumption.
Consumption : How to Prevent it, etc —
Davis................. 7
Domestic Hygiene, etc.
The Daughter : Her Health, Education,
and Wedlock—Capp......... 5
Consumption: How to Prevent it, etc.—
Davis................ 7
Plain Talks on Avoided Subiects—
Guernsey............... 9
Heredity, Health, and Personal Beauty-
Shoemaker .............. 21
Electricity.
Practical Electricity in Medicine and ■
Surgery—Liebig and Rone"...... 12
Electricity in the Diseases of Women—
Massey................. 13
Fever.
Fever: its Pathology and Treatment-
Hare .................. 10
Hay Fever—Sajous............ 19
Gynecology.
Lessons in Gynecology—Goodell..... 9
Heart, Lungs, Kidneys, etc.
Diseases of the Heart, Lungs, and
Kidneys—Davis............ 7
Diseases of the Heart and Circulation in
Children—Keating and Edwards ... 12
Diabetes: its Cause, Symptoms, and
Treatment—Purdy.......... 17
Hygiene.
American Resorts—James........ 11
Text-Book of Hygiene—Rone...... 18
Materia Medica and Thera-
peutics.
Hand-Book of Materia Medica, Phar-
macy, and Therapeutics—Bowen ... 4
Ointments and Oleates—Shoemaker ... 21
Materia Medica and Therapeutics—Shoe-
maker ................. 22
International Pocket Medical Formulary
—Witherstine............. 26
(2
-ocr page 232-
Bashore's Improved Clinical Chart.
Pot the SBPAEATE PLOTTING of TEMPEBATTOE, PULSE, and EESPIRATION.
Designed for the Convenient, Accurate, and Permanent Daily Recording of Cases in
Hospital and Private Practice.
By HARVEY B. BASHORE, 3MM».
00?YHIOHTED, 18S8, BY F. A. DAVIS.
SO C3a.a,rts, in. Talslet Form.          Size, 8zl2 indies.
Price, in tne United States and Canada, Post-paid, 50 Cents,
Net; Great Britain, 2s. 6d.; France. 3fr. 60.
The above diagram is a little more than one-fifth (1-5) the actual size of the chart and shows the
method of plotting, the upper curve being the Temperature, the middle the Pulse, and the lower the
Respiration. By this method a full record of each can easily be kept with but one color ink
It is so arranged that all practitioners will find it an invaluable aid in the treatment of their patients.
On the back of each chart will be found ample space conveniently arranged for recording "Clinical
History and Symptoms" and "Treatment."
By its use the physician will secure such a complete record of his cases as will enable him to review
them at any time. Thus he will always have at hand a source of individual improvement and benefit io
the practice of his profession, the value of which can hardly be overestimated.
(F. A. DAVIS, Medical Publisher, Philadelphia, Pa., U.S.A.)
-ocr page 233-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
BOENNING
A Text-Book on Practical Anatomy.
Including a Section on Surgical Anatomy.
By Henry C. Boenning, M.D., Lecturer on Anatomy and Surgery
in the Philadelphia School of Anatomy; Demonstrator of Anatomy in
the Medico-Chirurgical College; Demonstrator of Anatomy in the
Philadelphia Dental College; Lecturer on Diseases of the Rectum in
the Medico-Chirurgical College, etc., etc.
Fully illustrated throughout with about 200 Wood-Engravings.
In one handsome Octavo volume, printed in extra-large, clear type,
making it specially desirable for use in the dissecting room. Nearly
500 pages. Substantially bound in Extra Cloth. Also in Oil-Cloth, for
use in the dissecting-room without soiling.
Price, post-paid, in the United States, $2.50, net; Canada (duty paid), $2.75, net;
Great Britain, 14s.; Prance, 16 fr. 20.
BO WEN
Hand-Book of Materia Medica, Pharmacy,
and Therapeutics.
By Cuthbert Bowen, M.D., B.A., Editor of" Notes on Practice."
The second volume in the Physicians'' and Students'1 Beady Refer-
ence Series. One 12mo volume of 370 pages. Handsomely bound in
Dark-Blue Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.40, net; in Great
Britain, 8s. 6d.; in France, 9 fr. 25.
EXTBACT FROM THE PREFACE—" While this is essentially a Student's MANUAL,
a large amount of matter has been incorporated which, it is hoped, will render it a useful refer-
ence^book to the Young Graduate who is just entering on his professional career, and more
particularly the individual whose sphere of work demands a more practical acquaintance with
Iiharmaceutical processes than is required of the ordinary city practitioner. Great care has
wen taken throughout the book to familiarize the student with the best methods of administer-
ing the various drugs he will be called upon to use, and with this object a large number of
standard prescriptions have been selected from the wcks of the most eminent authorities,
which he can either adopt, with modifications to suit particular cases, or use as models on which
to construct his own formulae."
sort, and which are destructive to vision and
temper alike.—St. Louis Med. and Surg. Jour.
In going through it, we have been favorably
impressed by the plain and practical sugges-
tions in regard to prescription writing, and
the metric system, and the other things which
must be known in order to write good and ac-
curate prescriptions.—Medical and Surgical
Reporter
This excellent manual comprises in its 366
pages about as much sound and valuable
information on the subjects indicated in its
title as could well be crowded into the com-
Jiass, The book is exhaustively and correctly
odexed, and of a convenient form. The paper,
press-work, and binding are excellent, and the
typography (long primer and brevier) is highly
to be commended, as opposed to the nonpareil
and agate usually used in compends of this
BURET
Syphilis I To-day and in Antiquity.
By Dr. P. Buret (Paris). Translated from the French, with the
author's permission, by A. H. Ohmann-Dumesnil, A.M., M.D., Professor
of Dermatology and Syphilology in the St. Louis College of Physicians
and Surgeons.
To be completed in three 12mo volumes. Volume I, Syphilis in
1 "tiquity. In Press. Ready in October, 1891.
(*)
-ocr page 234-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
CAPP
Her Health, Education, and
Wedlock.
The Daughter.
Homely Suggestions to Mothers and Daughters
By William M. Capp, M.D., Philadelphia. This is just such a book
as a family physician would advise his lady patients to obtain and read.
It answers many questions which every busy practitioner of medicine
has put to him in the sick-room at a time when it is neither expedient
nor wise to impart the information sought.
It is complete in one beautifully printed (large, clear type) 12mo
volume of 150 pages. Attractively bound in Extra Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.00, net; In Great
Britain, 5s. 6d.; France, 6 fr. 20.                                  ,
In the 144 pages allotted to him he has com-
pressed an amount of homely wisdom on the
physical, mental, and moral development of
the female child from birth to maturity which
is to be found elsewhere in only the great
book of experience. It is, of course, a book
for mothers, but is one so void of offense in
expression or ideas that it can safely be recom-
mended for all whose minds are sufficiently
developed to appreciate its teachings.—Phita-
delphia Public Ledger.
Many delicate subjects are treated with
skill and in a manner which cannot strike any
one as improper or bold. The absolute ignor-
ance in which most young girls are allowed to
exist, even until adult life, is often productive
of much misery, both mental and physical.
Quite a number of books written by physi-
cians for popular use have been prepared in
such a way that the professional man can read
between the lines strong bids for popular
favor, etc. These objectionable features will
not be found in Dr. Capp's brochure, and for
this reason it is worthy the confidence of
physicians.—Medical News.
CATHELL
Book on the Physician Himself
And Things that Concern his Reputation and Success.
By D. W, Cathell, M.D., Baltimore, Md. Being the Ninth Edition
(enlarged and thoroughly revised) of the " Physician Himself, and what
he should add to his Scientific Acquirements in order to Secure Success."
In one handsome Octavo Volume of 298 pages, bound in Extra Cloth.
Thousands of physicians have won success in their chosen profession
through the aid of this invaluable work.
This remarkable book has passed through eight (8) editions in less
than live years. It has just undergone a thorough revison by the author,
who has added much new matter covering many points and elucidating
many excellent ideas not included in former editions.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $2.00, net; in Great
Britain, lis. 6d.; France, 12 fr. 40.
I am most favorably impressed with the
wisdom and force of the points made in "The
Physician Himself," and believe the work in
the hands of a young graduate will greatly en-
hance his chances for professional success.—
From Prof. D. Hayes Agnew, Phila., Pa.
We strongly advise every actual and intend-
ing pxactitioner of medicine or surgery to have
M The Physician Himself," and the more it in-
fluences his future conduct the better he will
be.— From the Canada Medical and Surgical
Journal, Montreal.
In the present edition the entire work has
been revised and some new matter introduced.
The publisher's part is well done; paper is
good and the print large; altogether it is a
very readable and enjoyable hook..—Montreal
Medical Journal
, We have read it carefully and regfct much
that we had not done so earlier and followed
its precepts. The book is full of good advice.
Get it at once.—Pacific Record of Medicine
and Surgery.
We cannot imagine a more profitable invest,
m jnt for the junior practitioner than the pur.
chase and careful study of "The Physiciar.
Himself."—Occidental Medical Times.
To the physician who has discovered that.
there is something else besides dry book-learn
ing needed to make him a desirable visitor at
the bedside, we commend this volume, that he
may assimilate some of the ready crystallized
worldly wisdom which otherwise he may be
many years acquiring by natural processes.—
North Carolina Medical Journal.
(S)
-ocr page 235-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
CLEVENGER
Spinal Concussion.
Surgically Considered as a Cause or Spinal Injury, and Neuro-
LOGICALLY RESTRICTED TO A CERTAIN SYMPTOM GROUP, FOR WHICH
is Suggested the Designation Erichsen's Disease,
as One Form or the Traumatic Neuroses.
By S. V. Clevenger, M.D., Consulting Physician Reese and Alexian
Hospitals; Late Pathologist County Insane Asylum, Chicago; Member
of numerous American Scientific and Medical Societies; Collaborator
American Naturalist, Alienist and Neurologist, Journal of Neurology
and Psychiatry, Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases; author of
" Comparative Physiology and Psychology," " Artistic Anatomy," etc.
This work is the outcome of five years' special study and experience
in legal circles, clinics, hospital and private practice, in addition to
twenty years' labor as a scientific student, writer, and teacher.
The literature of Spinal Concussion has been increasing of late years
to an unwieldy shape for the general student, and Dr. Clevenger has in
this work arranged and reviewed all that has been done by observers
since the days of Erichsen and those who preceded him.
There are abundant illustrations, particularly for Electro-diagnosis,
and to enable a clear comprehension of the anatomical and pathological
relations.
The Chapters are: I. Historical Introduction; II. Erichsen on
Spinal Concussion; III. Page on Injuries of the Spine and Spinal Cord;
IV. Recent Discussions of Spinal Concussion ; V. Oppenheim on
Traumatic Neuroses ; VI. Illustrative Cases from Original and all other
Sources; VII. Traumatic Insanity; VIII. The Spinal Column; IX.
Symptoms ; X. Diagnosis ; XI. Pathology ; XII. Treatment; XIII.
Medico-legal Considerations.
Other special features consist in a description of modern methods
of diagnosis by Electricity, a discussion of the controversy concerning
hysteria, and the author's original pathological view that the lesion is
one involving the spinal sympathetic nervous system. In this latter
respect entirely new ground is taken, and the diversity of opinion con-
cerning the functional and organic nature of the disease is afforded a
basis for reconciliation.
Every Physician and Lawyer should own this work.
m
In one handsome Royal Octavo Volume of nearly 400 pages, with
thirty Wood-Engravings.
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada, $2.50, net; in Great
Britain, 14s.; in France, 15 fr.
This work really does, if we may be per-
mitted to use a trite and hackneyed expres-
sion, "fill a long-felt want." The subject is
treated in all its hearings ; electro-diagnosis
receives a large share of attention, and the
chapter devoted to illustrative cases will be
found to possess especial importance. The
author has some original views on pathology.
—Medical Weekly Review.
The reader will find in this book the best
discussion and summary of the facts on this
topic, which will make it very valuable to
every physician. For the specialist it is a
text-hook" that will he often consulted.—The
Journal of Inebriety.
The work comes fully up to the demand,
and the law and medical library, to be com-
plete, cannot he without it.—Southern Medical
Record.
(«)
-ocr page 236-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
DAVIS
P/oiiinmntiKn . How to Prevent it, and How
Consumption:           to WTe witta it.
Its Nature, Causes, Prevention, and the Mode op Life, Climate,
Exercise, Pood and Clothing Necessary for its Cure.
By N. S. Davis, Jr., A.M., M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice of
Medicine in Chicago Medical College; Physician to Mercy Hospital; Member of
the American Medical Association, Illinois State Medical Society, etc., etc.
12mo. In Press.
DAVIS
Diseases of the Heart, Lungs, and Kidneys.
By N. S. Davis, Jr., A.M., M.D., Professor of Principles and Practice of
Medicine in Chicago Medical College; Physician to Mercy Hospital; Member of
the American Medical Association, Illinois State Medical Society, etc., etc.
In one neat 12mo volume. No. in the Physicians' and Students' Ready-
Reference Series. In Preparation.
DEMARQUAY
_ -^                       A Practical Investigation of the Clinical
On UXyCien.          and Therapeutic Value of the Gases
in Medical and Surgical Practice,
With Especial Reference to the Value and Availability of Oxygen,
Nitrogen, Hydrogen, and Nitrogen Monoxide.
By J. N. Demarquat, Surgeon to the Municipal Hospital, Paris, and of the
Council of State; Member of the Imperial Society of Surgery; Correspondent of
the Academies of Belgium, Turin, Munich, etc ; Officer of the Legion of Honor,
Chevalier of the Orders of Isabella-the-Catholic and of the Conception, of
Portugal, etc. Translated, with notes, additions, and omissions, by Samuel S.
Wallian, A.M., M.D., Member of the American Medical Association; Ex-Presi-
dent of the Medical Association of Northern New York; Member of the New
York County Medical Society, etc.
In one handsome Octavo Volume of 316 pages, printed on fine paper, in
the best style of the printer's art, and illustrated with 21 Wood-Cuts.
Price, post-paid, in United States, Cloth, $2.00, net; Half-Russia, $3.00,
net. In Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $2.20, net; Half-Russia, $3.30,
net. In Great Britain, Cloth, lis. 6d.; Half-Russia, 17s. 6d. In
France, Cloth, 12 fr. 40; Half-Russia, 18 fr. 60.
For some years past there has been a growing demand for something more
satisfactory and more practical in the way of literature on the subject of what
has, by common consent, come to be termed "Oxygen Therapeuties." On all
sides professional men of standing and ability are turning their attention to the
use of the gaseous elements about us as remedies in disease, as well as sustaiuers
in health. In prosecuting their inquiries, the first hindrance has been the want
of any reliable, or in any degree satisfactory, literature on the subject.
This work, translated in the main from the French of Professor Demarquay,
contains also a very full account of recent English, German, and American ex-
periences, prepared by Dr. Samuel S. Wsllian, of New York, whose experience
in this field antedates that of any other American writer on the subject.
The book should be widely read, for to many
it will bring the addition of a new weapon to
their therapeutic armament.—Northwestern
Lancet.
Altogether the book is a valuable one, which
will be found of service to the busy prac-
titioner who wishes to keep abreast of the
improvements In therapeutics. — Medical
News.
This is a handsome volume of 300 pages, in
large print, on good paper, and nicely illus-
trated. Although nominally pleading for the
use of oxygen inhalations, the author shows in
a philosophical manner how much greater
good physicians might do if they more fully
appreciated the value of fresh air exercise and
water, especially in diseases of the lungs, kid-
neys, and skin. We commend its perusal to
our readers.—-27ie Canada Medical Record.
(7)
-ocr page 237-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Bacteriological Diagnosis.
Tabular Aids for Use in Practical Work.
By James Eisenberg, Ph.D., M.D., Vienna. Translated and aug-
mented, with the permission of the author, from the latest German
Edition, by Norval H. Pierce, M.D., Surgeon to the Out-Door Depart-
ment of Michael Reese Hospital; Assistant to Surgical Clinic, College
of Physicians and Surgeons, Chicago, 111.
This book is a novelty in Bacteriological Science. It is arranged
in a tabular form in which are given the specific characteristics of the
various well-established bacteria, so that the worker may, at a glance,
inform himself as to the identity of a given organism. They then serve
the same function to the Bacteriologist as does the " Chemical Analysis
Chart " to the chemist, and the one will be found as essential as the
other.
The Greatest care has been taken to bring the work up to the
present aspect of Bacteriology.
In one Octavo volume, handsomely bound in Cloth. Ready Soon.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.50, net; in Great
Britain, 8s. 6i; in France, 9 fr. 35.
EDINGER
Twelve Lectures on the Structure of the
Central Nervous System.
For Physicians and Students.
By Dr. Ludwig Edinger, Frankfort-on-the-Main. Second Revised
Edition. With 133 Illustrations. Translated by Willis Hall Vittum,
M.D., St. Paul, Minn. Edited by C. Eugene Riggs, A.M., M.D., Pro-
fessor of Mental and Nervous Diseases, University of Minnesota ;
Member of the American Neurological Association.
The illustrations are exactly the same as those used in the latest
German edition (with the German names tianslated into English), and
are very satisfactory to the Physician and Student using the book.
The work is complete in one Royal Octavo volume of about 250
pages, bound in Extra Cloth.
Price in United States and Canada, post-paid, $1.75, net; Great
Britain, 10s.; France, 12 fr. 20.
succeeded in transforming the mazy wilder-
ness of nerve fibres and cells into a district of
well-marked pathways and centres, and by so
doing has made a pleasure out of an anatomi-
cal bugbear.—The Southern Medical Record.
Every point is clearly divelt upon in the
text, and where description alone might leave
a subject obscure clever drawings and dia-
grams' are introduced to render misconception
of the author's meaning impossible. The book
is eminently practical. It unravels the intri-
cate entanglement of different tracts and
paths in a way that no other hook has done so
explicitly or so concisely. — Northwestern
Lancet.
One of the most instructive and valuable
■works on the minute anatomy of the human
hrain extant. It is written in the form of lec-
tures, profusely illustrated, and in clear lan-
guage. The hook is worthy of the highest
enconiums, and will, undoubtedly, command a
large sale.—The Pacific Record of Medicine
and Surgery.
Since the first works on anatomy, up to the
present day, no work has appeared on the sub-
ject of the general and minute anatomy of the
central nervous system so complete and ex-
haustive as this work of Dr. Ludwig Edinger.
Being himself an original worker, and having
the benefits of such masters as Stilling,
Weigeit, Geilach, Meynert, and others, he has
(8)
-ocr page 238-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
GOODELL
Lessons in Gynecology.
By William Goodell, A.M., M.D., etc., Professor of Clinical Gyne-
cology in the University of Pennsylvania.
This exceedingly valuable work, from one of the most eminent
specialists and teachers in gynecologj' in the United States, is now
offered to the profession in a much more complete condition than either
of the previous editions. It embraces all the more important diseases
and the principal operations in the field of gynecology, and brings to
bear upon them all the extensive practical experience and wide reading
of the author. It is an indispensable guide to every practitioner who
has to do with the diseases peculiar to women. Third Edition. With
112 illustrations. Thoroughly revised and greatly enlarged. One volume,
large octavo, 578 pages.
Price, in United States and Canada, Cloth, $5.00; Full Sheep, $6.00. Discount,
20 per cent., making it, net, Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $4.80. Postage, 27
cents extra. Great Britain, Cloth, 22s. 6d.; Sheep, 28s.,
post-paid. France, 30 fr. 80.
tures, unusually entertaining. The substance
of his teachings we regard as equally excel-
lent.—Philadelphia Medical and /Surgical
Reporter.
Extended mention of the contents of the
book is unnecessary; suffice it to say that
every important .disease found in the female
sex is taken up and discussed in a common-
sense kind of a way. We wish every physician
in America could 'read and carry out the sug-
gestions of the chapter on "the sexual rela-
tions as causes of uterine disorders—conjugal
onanism and kindred sins." The department
treating of nervous counterfeits ot uterine
diseases is a most valuable one.—Kansas City
Medical Index.
It is too good a book to have been allowed to
remain out of print, and it has unquestionably
been missed. The author lias revised the work
with special care, adding to each lesson such
fresh matter as tlie progress in the art ren-
dered necessary, and he has enlarged it by the
insertion of six new lessons. This edition will,
without question, be as eagerly sought for as
were its predecessors.—American Journal of
Obstetrics.
His literary style is peculiarly charming.
There is a directness and simplicity about it
which is easier to admire than to copy. His
chain of plain words and almost blunt expres-
sions, his familiar comparison and homely
illustrations, make his writings, like his lec-
GUERNSEY
Plain Talks on Avoided Subjects.
By Henry N. Guernsey, M.D., formerly Professor of Materia Medica
and Institutes in the Hahnemann Medical College of Philadelphia;
author of Guernsey's " Obstetrics," including the Disorders Peculiar to
Women and Young Children ; Lectures on Materia Medica, etc. The
following Table of Contents shows the scope of the book:
Contents.—Chapter I. Introductory. II. .The Infant. III. Child-
hood. IV. Adolescence of the Male. V. Adolescence of the Female.
YI. Marriage: The Husband. VII, The Wife. VIII. Husband and
Wife. IX. To the Unfortunate. X. Origin of the Sex. In one neat
16mo volume, bound in Extra Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.00; Great Britain,
6s.; France, 6 fr, 20.
(»)
-ocr page 239-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
HARE
Epilepsy: Its Pathology and Treatment.
Being an Essay to which was Awarded a Prize of Four Thousand
Francs by the Academie Koyale de Medecine de Belgique,
December 31, 1889.
By Hobart Amory Hare, M.D. (Univ. of Penna.), B.Sc., Professor of
Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Jefferson Medical College, Phila. ;
Physician to St. Agnes' Hospital and to the Children's Dispensary of the Chil-
dren's Hospital; Laureate of the Royal Academy of Medicine in Belgium, of
the Medical Society of London, etc. ; Member of the Association of American
Physicians.
No. 7 in the Physicians' and Students' Ready-Reference Series. 12mo. 228
pages. Neatly bound in Dark-blue Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada, $1.25, net; in Great
Britain, 6s. 6d.; in France, 7 fr. 75.
It is representative of the most advanced
views of the profession, and the subject is
pruned of the vast amount of superstition and
nonsense that generally obtains in connection
with epilepsy.—Medical Age.
Every physician who would get at the gist
of all that is worth knowing on epilepsy, and
who would avoid useless research among the
mass of literary nonsense which pervades all
medical libraries, should get this work."—The
Sanitarian.
It contains all that is known of the pathology
of this strange disorder, a clear discussion of
the diagnosis from allied neuroses, and the
very latest therapeutic measures for relief.
It is remarkable for its clearness, brevity, and
beauty of style. It is, so far as the reviewer
knows, altogether the best essay ever written
upon this important subject.—Kansas City
Medical Index.
The task of preparing the work must have
been most laborious, but we think that Dr.
Hare will be repaid for his efforts by a wide
appreciation of the work by the profession;
for the book will be instructive to those who
have not kept abreast with the recent litera-
ture upon this subject. Indeed, the work is a
sort of Dictionary of epilepsy—a reference
guide-book upon the subject.—Alienist and
Neurologist.
HARE
Fever: Its Pathology and Treatment.
Being the Boylston Prize Essay of Harvard University for 1890.
Containing Directions and the Latest Information Con-
cerning the Use of the So-Called Anti-
pyretics in Fever and Pain.
By Hobart Amory Hare, M.D. (Univ. of Penna.), B.Sc, Professor of
Materia Medica and Therapeutics in the Jefferson Medical College, Phila.;
Physician to St. Agnes* Hospital and to the Children's Dispensary of the Chil-
dren's Hospital; Laureate of the Royal Academy of Medicine in Belgium, of the
Medical Society of London, etc.; Member of the Association of American
Physicians.
No. 10 in the Physicians' and Students' Ready-Reference Series. 12mo.
Neatly bound in Dark-blue Cloth.
Illustrated with more than 25 new plates of tracings of various fever cases,
showing beautifully and accurately the action of the Antipyretics. The work
also contains 35- carefully prepared statistical tables of 249 cases showing the
untoward effects of the antipyretics.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.25, net; in Great Britain,
6s. 6d.; in France, 7 fr. 75.
As is usual with this author, the subject is
thoroughly handled, and much experimental
aud clinical evidence, both from the author's
experience and that of others, is adduced in
support of the view taken.—New York Medical
Abstract,
The author has done an able piece of work
in showing the facts as far as they are known
concerning the action of antipyrin, anti-
febrin, phenacetin, thallin, and salicylic acid.
The reader will certainly And the work one of
the most interesting of its excellent group,
the Physicians' and Students'1 Ready-Kefer-
ence Series.—The Dosimetric Medical Rev'ew.
Such books as the present one are of service
to the student, the scientific therapeutist, and
the general practitioner alike, for much can
be found of real value in Dr. Hare's book, with
the additional advantage that it is up to the *
latest researches upon the subject.—Univer-
sity Medical Magazine.
(10)
-ocr page 240-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
JAMBS
American ReSOrtS. With Notes upon their Climate.
By Bushrod W. James, A.M., M.D., Member of the American Public
Health Association, and the Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; the
Society of Alaskan Natural History and Ethnology, Sitka, Alaska, etc. With
a translation from the German, by Mr. S. Kauffmann, of those chapters of "Die
Klimate der Erde " written by Dr. A. Woeikof, of St Petersburg, Russia, that
relate to North and South America and the Islands and Oceans contiguous thereto.
This is a unique and valuable work, and useful to physicians in all parts of
the country. We mention a few of the merits it possesses: First. List of
all the Health Resorts of the country, arranged according to their climate.
Second. Contains just tiie information needed by tourists, invalids, and those who
visit summer or winter resorts. Third. The latest and best large railroad map for
reference. Fourth. It indicates the climate each one should select for health.
Fifth. The author has traveled extensively, and most of his suggestions are
practical in reference to localties. In one Octavo volume. Handsomely bound
in Cloth. Nearly 300 pages.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $2.00, net;
Great Britain, lis. 6d.; France, 12 fr. 40.
pathological indications and constitutional
predispositions.—The Sanitarian.
The book before us is a very comprehensive
volume, giving all necessary information con-
cerning climate, temperature, humidity, sun-
shine, and indeed everything necessary to be
stated for the benefit of the physician or
invalid seeking a health resort in the United
States.—Southern Clinic.
Taken altogether, this is by far the most
complete exposition of the subject of resorts
that has yet been put forth, and it is one that
everv physician must needs possess intelligent
information \\\mn.-Buffalo Med. & Surg. Jour.
The special chapter on the therapeutics of
climate . . is excellent for its precautionary
suggestions in the selection of climates and
local conditions, with reference to known
Journal of Laryngology and Rhinology.
Issued on the First of Each Month.
Edited by Dr. Norris Wolfenden, of London, and Dr. John Macintyre, of
Glasgow, with the active aid and co-operation of Drs. Dundas Grant, Barclay J.
Baron, Hunter Mackenzie, and Sir Morell Mackenzie. Besides those specialists
in Europe and America who have so ably assisted in the collaboration of the
Journal, a number of new correspondents have undertaken to assist the editors in
keeping the Journal up to date, and furnishing it with matters of interest.
Amongst these art- Drs. Sajous, of Philadelphia; Middlemass Hunt, of Liver-
pool; Mellow, of Rio Janeiro; Sedziak, of Warsaw; Draispul, of St. Petersburg,
etc. Drs. Michael, Joal, Holger, Mygind, Prof. Massei, and Dr. Valerius Idelson
will still collaborate the literature of their respective countries.
Price, 13s. or $3.00 per annum (inclusive of Postage). For single copies, however, a
charge of Is. 3d. (30 cents) will be made. Sample Copy, 25 Cents.
KEATING
Record-Book of Medical Examinations
For Life Insurance.
Designed by John M. Keating, M.D.
This record-book is small, neat, and complete, and embraces all the prin-
cipal points that are required by the di Jerent companies. It is made in two sizes,
viz.: No. 1. covering' one hundred (100) examinations, and No. 2, covering two
hundred (200) examinations. The size of the bookis7x3f inches, and can be
conveniently carried in the pocket.
U. S. and Canada. Great Britain. France.
No. 1. For 100 Examinations, in Cloth, • - $ .50 Net               3s. 6d. 3 fr. 60
No. 2. For 200 Examinations, in Full
leather, with Side Flap, - - - ■ 1.00 "                6s.             6 fr. 20
(ii)
-ocr page 241-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
KEATING and EDWARDS
Diseases of the Heart and Circulation.
In Infancy and Adolescence. With an Appendix entitled " Clinical
Studies on the Pulse in Childhood."
By John M. Keating, M.D., Obstetrician to the Philadelphia Hospital,
and Lecturer on Diseases of Women and Children; Surgeon to the Maternity-
Hospital; Physician to St. Joseph's Hospital; Fellow of the College of Physicians
of Philadelphia, etc.; and William A. Edwards, M.D., Instructor in Clinical
Medicine and Physician to the Medical Dispensary in the University of
Pennsylvania; Physician to St. Joseph's Hospital; Fellow of the College of
Physicians; formerly Assistant Pathologist to the Philadelphia Hospital, etc.
Illustrated by Photographs and Wood-Engravings. About 225 pages. Oc-
tavo. Bound in Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.50, net; in Great
Britain, 8s. 6d.; in France, 9 ft. 35.
Drs. Keating; and Edwards have produced a
work that will give material aid to every
doctor in his practice among children. The
style of the hook is graphic and pleasing, the
diagnostic points are explicit and exact, and
the therapeutical resources include the novel-
ties of medicine as well as the old and tried
It is not a mere compilation, but a systematic
treatise, and bears evidence of considerable
labor and observation on the part of the
authors. Two fine photographs of dissections
exhibit mitral stenosis and mitral regurgita-
tion ; there are also a number of wood-cuts.
—Cleveland Medical Gazette.
agents.— Pittsburgh Med. Review.
LIBBIO and BOHE
Practical Electricity in Medicine $ Surgery.
By G. A. Liebiq, Jr., Ph D., Assistant in Electricity, Johns Hopkins
University ; Lecturer on Medical Electricity, College of Physicians and Surgeons,
Baltimore ; Member of the American Institute of Electrical Engineers, etc. ; and
George H. Rohe, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Hygiene, College of Physi-
cians and Surgeons, Baltimore ; Visiting Physician to Bay View and City Hos-
pitals ; Director of the Maryland Maternite ; Associate Editor "Annual of the
Universal Medical Sciences," etc.
Profusely Illustrated by Wood-Engravings and Original Diagrams, and
published in one handsome Royal Octavo volume of 383 pages, bound in Extra
Cloth.
The constantly increasing demand for this work attests its thorough relia-
bility and its popularity with the profession, and points to the fact that it is
already the standard work on this very important subject. The part on Physical
Electricity, written by Dr. Liebig, one of the recognized authorities on the
science in the United States, treats fully such topics of interest as Storage Bat-
teries, Dynamos, the Electric Light, and the Principles and Practice of Electrical
Measurement in their Relations to Medical Practice. Professor Rohe, who writes
on Electro-Therapeutics, discusses at length the recent developments of Electricity
in the treatment of stricture, enlarged prostate, uterine fibroids, pelvic cellulitis,
and other diseases of the male and female genito-urinary organs. The applica-
tions of Electricity in dermatology, as well as in the diseases of the nervous
system, are also fully considered.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $2.00, net; in Great
Britain, lis. 6d.; France, 12 fr. 40.
In its perusal, with each succeeding page,
we have been more and more impressed with
the fact that here, at last, we have a treatise
on electricity in medicine and surgery which
amply fulfills its purpose, and which is sure of
general adoption by reason of its thorough
excellence and superiority to other works in-
tended to cover the same field.—Pharmaceu-
tical Era.
After carefully looking over this work, we
incline to the belief that the intelligent physi-
cian who is familiar with the general subject
will be greatly interested and profited.—
American Lancet.
Any physician, especially if he be a beginner
in electro-therapeutics, will be well repaid by
a careful study of this work by Liebig and
Kobe. For a work on a special' subject the
price is low, and no ene can give a good ex-
cuse for remaining in ignorance of so impor-
tant a subject as electricity in medicine.—
Toledo Medical and Surgical Reporter.
The entire work is thoroughly scientific and
practical, and is really what the authors have
aimed to produce, "a trustworthy guide to
Mie application of electricity in the practice of
medicine and Surgery."—New York Medical
Timet.
(12)
-ocr page 242-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
MASSE Y
Electricity in the Diseases of Women.
With Special Reference to the Application op Strong Currents.
By G. Betton Massey, M.D., Physician to the Gynaecological Department
of the Howard Hospital; late Electro-therapeutist to the Philadelphia Orthopaedic
Hospital and Infirmary for Nervous Diseases ; Member of the American Neuro-
logical Association, of the Philadelphia Neurological Society, of the Franklin
Institute, etc. Second Edition. Revised and Enlarged. With New and
Original Wood-Engravings. Handsomely bound in Dark-Blue Cloth. 240 pages.
12mo. No. 5 in the Physicians' and Students' Beady-Reference Series.
This work is presented to the profession as the most complete treatise yet
issued on the electrical treatment of the diseases of women, and is destined to
fill the increasing demand for clear and practical instruction in the handling and
use of strong currents after the recent methods first advocated by Apostoli. The
whole subject is treated from the present stand-point of electric science with new
and original illustrations, the thorough studies of the author and his wide clinical
experience rendering him an authority upon electricity itself and its therapeutic
applications. The author has enhanced the practical value of the work by
including the exact details of treatment and results in a number of cases taken from
his private and hospital practice.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.50, net; in Great
Britain, 8s. 6d.; in France, 9 fr. 35.
A new edition of this practical manual at-
tests the utility of its existence and the recog-
nition of its merit. The directions are simple,
e;usy to follow and to put into practice ; the
ground is well covered, and nothing is assumed,
the entire book being the record of experience.
—Journal of Nervous and Mental Diseases.
It is only a few months since we noticed the
first edition of this little book; and it is only
necessary to add now that we consider it the
best treatise on this subject we have seen, and
that the improvements introduced into' tlv's
edition make it. more valuable still.—Boston
Medical and Surgical Journ.
The style is clear, but condensed. Useless
detaile are omitted, ttie reports of cases being
pruned of all irrelevant material. The book
is an exceedingly valuable one, and represents
an amount of study and experience which is
only appreciated after a careful reading.—
Medical Record.
MAWTOIT
Childbed; Its Management; Diseases and
Their Treatment.
By Walter P. Manton, M.D., Visiting Physician to the Detroit Woman's
Hospital ; Consulting Gynaecologist to the Eastern Michigan Asylum ; President
of the Detroit Gynaecological Society ; Fellow of the American Society of Ob-
stetricians and Gynaecologists, and of the British Gynaecological Society ; Member
of Michigan State Medical Society, etc. In one neat 12mo volume, No. in
the Physicians' and Students' Ready-Reference Series. In Preparation.
Medical Bulletin.
A Monthly Journal of Medicine and Surgery.
Edited by John V. Shoemaker, A.M., M.D. Bright, original, and read-
able. Articles by the best practical writers procurable. Every article as brief as
is consistent with the preservation of it; scientific value. Therapeutic Notes by
the leaders of the medical profession throughout the world. These, and many
other unique features, help to keep The Medical Bulletin in its present
position as the leading low-price Medical Monthly of the world. Subscribe now.
TERMS: $1.00 a year in advance in United States, Canada, and Mexico.
Foreign Subscription Terms: England, 5s.; France, 6 fr.; Germany,
6 marks; Japan, 1 yen; Australia, 5s.; Holland, 3 florins.
(13)
-ocr page 243-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
The Medical Bulletin Visiting-List or
Physicians' Call Record.
Arranged upon an Original and Convenient Monthly and Weekly
Plan for the Daily Recording of Professional Visits.
Frequent Rewriting of Names Unnecessary.
THIS Visiting-List is arranged so that the names of patients need be written
hut once a month instead of four times a month, as in the old-style lists.
By means of a new feature, a simple device consisting of stub or half
leaves in the fobm of inserts, the first week's visits are recorded in the usual
way, and the second week's visits are begun by simply turning over the half-leaf
without the necessity of rewriting the patients' names. This very easily under-
stood process is repeated until the month is ended and the record has been kept
complete ia every detail of visit, charge, credit, etc., and the labor and time
of entering and transferring names at least three times in the month has been
saved. There are no intricate rulings ; not the least amount of time can be lost
in comprehending the plan, for it is acquired at a glance.
THE THREE DIFFERENT STYLES MADE.
The No. 1 Style of this List provides space for the daily record of seventy
different names each month for a year ; for physicians who prefer a List that will
accommodate a larger practice we have made a No. 2 Style, which provides
space for the daily record of 105 different names each month for a year, and for
physicians who may prefer a Pocket Record-Book of less thickness than either of
these styles we have made a No. 3 Style, in which "The Blanks for the Record-
ing of Visits in " have been made into removable sections. These sections are
very thin, and are made up so as to answer in full the demand of the largest
practice, each section providing ample space for the daily record of 210 dif-
ferent names for two months ; or 105 different names daily each month for four
months; or seventy different names daily each month for six months. Six sets
of these sections go with each copy of No. 3 Style.
SPECIAL FEATURES NOT FOUND IN ANY OTHER LIST.
In this No. 3 Style the printed matter, and such matter as the blank
forms for Addresses of Patients, Obstetric Record, Vaccination Record,
Cash Account, Birth and Death Records, etc., are fastened permanently in the
back of the book, thus reducing its thickness. The addition of one of these
removable sections does not increase the thickness more than an eighth of an inch.
This brings the book into such a small compass that no one can object to it on
account of its thickness, as its bulk is very much less than that of any visiting-
list ever published. Every physician will at once understand that as soon as a
section is full it can he taken out, filed away, and another inserted without the
least inconvenience or trouble. Extra or additional sections will be furnished at
any time for 15 cents each or §1.75 per dozen. This Visiting-List contains calen-
dars, valuable miscellaneous data, important tables, and other useful printed
matter usually placed in Physicians' Visiting-Lists.
Physicians of many years' standing and with large practices, pronounce it
the Best List they have ever seen. It is handsomely bound in fine, strong
leather, with flap, including a pocket for loose memoranda, etc., and is furnished
with a Dixon lead-pencil of excellent quality and finish. It is compact and con-
venient for carrying in the pocket. Size, 4x6| inches.
IKT 1"S3:i5.E:3e STYLES.                       NUT prices.
No. 1. Regular size, to accommodate 70 patients daily each month for one year, . . . $1.25
No. 2. Large size, to accommodate 105 patients daily each month for one year, .... SI.50
No. 3. In which the " Blanks for Recording Visits in " are in removable sections, . . . $1.75
Special Edition for Great Britain, without printed matter, ........4s. 6d.
N. B.—The Recording of Visits in this List may be Commenced at any time during the Year.
(14)
-ocr page 244-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
MICHEJVEB
Hand-Book of Eclampsia; OR<toSlH?fsl?SES
By E. Micheneb, M.D. ; J. H. Stubbs, M.D. ; R. B. Ewing, M.D.; B.
Thompson, M.D. ; S. Stebbins, M.D. 16mo. Cloth.
Price, 60 cents, net; in Great Britain, is. 6d.; France, 4 fr. 20.
wissEir
A MANUAL OF INSTRUCTION FOR GIVING
Swedish Movement $ Massage Treatment
By Prof. Habtvig Nissen, late Director of the Swedish Health Institute,
Washington, D. C. ; late Instructor in Physical Culture and Gymnastics at the
Johns Hopkins University, Baltimore, Md. ; Instructor of Swedish and German
Gymnastics at Harvard University's Summer School, 1891.
This excellent little volume treats this very important subject in a practical
manner. Full instructions are given regarding the mode of applying the Swedish
Movement and Massage Treatment in various diseases and conditions of the
human system with the greatest degree of effectiveness. Professor Nissen is the
best authority in the United States upon the practical phase of this subject, and
his book is indispensable to every physician who wishes to know how to use these
valuable handmaids of medicine.
Illustrated with 29 Original Wood-Engravings. In one 12mo volume of
128 Pages. Neatly bound in Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.00, net;
Great Britain, 6s.; France, 6 fr. 20.
the various procedures are clearly stated as
well as illustrated in a very excellent manner.
—North American Practitioner.
This attractive little book presents the sub-
ject in a very practical shape, and makes it
possible for every physician to understand at
least how it is applied, if it does not g^ve him
dexterity in the art of its application.—Chicago
Med. Himes.
This manual is valuable to the practitioner,
as it contains a terse description of a subject
but too little understood in this country. . .
The book is got up very creditably.—N. Y.
Med. Jour.
The present volume is a modest account of
the application of the Swedish Movement and
Massage Treatment, in which the technique of
Physicians' Interpreter.
In Pour Languages (English, French, German, and Italian).
Speciall-y Arranged for Diagnosis by M. von V.
The object of this little work is to meet a need often keenly felt by the busy
physician, namely, the need of some quick and reliable method of communicating
intelligibly with'patients of those nationalities and languages unfamiliar to the
practitioner. The plan of the book is a systematic arrangement of questions
upon the various branches of Practical Medicine, and each question is so worded
that the only answer required of the patient is merely Yes or No. The questions
are all numbered, and a complete Index renders them always available for quick
reference. The book is written by one who is well versed in English, French,
German, and Italian, being an excellent teacher in all those languages, and who
has also had considerable hospital experience. Bound in Full Russia Leather,
for carrying in the pocket. Size, 5x2J inches. 206 pages.
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada, $1,00, net; Great
Britain, 6s,; Prance, 6 fr. 20.
difficulty in dealing with foreign-speaking
people, who are constantly coming into our
city hospitals.—New York Medical Journal.
This little volume is one of the most inge-
nious aids to the physician which we have
seen. "We heartily commend the book to any
one who, being without a knowledge of the
foreign languages, is obliged to treat those
who do not know our own language.—St. Louig
Courier of Medicine.
Many other nooks of the same sort, with
more extensive vocabularies, have been pub-
lished, but, from their size, and from their
being usually devoted to equivalants in Eng-
lish and one other language only, they have
not had the advantage which is pre-eminent
in this—convenience. It is handsomely printed,
and bound in flexible red leather in the form
of a diarv. It would scarcely make itself felt
in one's" hip-pocket, and would insure its
bearer against any ordinary conversational
(15)
-ocr page 245-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Physician's All-Requisite Time- and Labor-
Saving Account-Book.
Being a Ledger and Account-Book for Physicians' Use, Meeting
all the Requirements of the Law and Courts.
Designed by William A. Seibert, M.D , of Easton, Pa.
Probably no class of people lose more money through carelessly kept
accounts and overlooked or neglected bills than physicians. Often detained at
the bedside of the sick until late at night, or deprived of even a modicum of rest,
it is with great difficulty that he spares the time or puts himself in condition to
give the same care to his own financial interests that a merchant, a lawyer, or
even a farmer devotes. It is then plainly apparent that a system of bookkeeping
and accounts that, without sacrificing accuracy, but, on the other hand, ensuring
it, at the same time relieves the keeping of a physician's book of half their
complexity and two-thirds the labor, is a convenience which will be eagerly
welcomed by thousands of overworked physicians. Such a system has at last
been devised, and we take pleasure in offering it to the profession in the form ot
The Physician's All-Requisite Time- and Labor- Saving Account-Book.
There is no exaggeration in stating that this Account-Book and Ledger
reduces the labor of keeping your accounts more than one-half, and at the same
time secures the greatest degree of accuracy. We may mention a few of the
superior advantages of The Physician's All-Requisite Time- and Labor- Saving
Account-Book, as follows :—
First—Will meet all the requirements
of the law and courts.
Second—Self-explanatory ; no cipher
code.
Third—Its completeness without sacri-
ficing anything.
Fourth—No posting ; one entry only.
f/rM-^-Universal; can be commenced at
any time of the year, and can be
continued indefinitely until every
account is filled.
Sixth—Absolutely no waste of space.
Seventh—One person must needs be
sick every day of the year to fill
his account, or might be ten years
about it and require no more than
the space for one account in this
ledger.
Eighth—Double the number and many
times more than the number of ac-
counts in any similar book ; the
300-page book contains space for
900 accounts, and the 600-page
book contains space for 1800 ac-
counts.
Hinth—There are no smaller spaces.
Tenth—Compact without sacrificing
completeness ; every account com-
plete on same page—a decided ad-
vantage and recommendation.
Eleventh—Uniform size of leaves.
ytve/rrA—The statement of the most
complicated account is at once be-
fore you at any time of month or
year—in other words, the account
itself as it stands is its simplest
statement.
Thirteenth—No transferring of accounts,
balances, etc.
To all physicians desiring a quick, accurate, and comprehensive method of
keeping their accounts, we can safely say that no book as suitable as this one has
ever been devised. A descriptive circular showing the plan of the book will be
sent on application.
NET PRICES, SHIPPING EXPENSES PREPAID.
(To. 1. 300 Pages, for 900 Accounts per Year,
Size 10sl2, Bound in ^-Russia, Raised
Back-Bands, Cloth Sides,
4n ?- 600 Pages, for 1800 Acoounts per Tear,
Size 10x12, Bound in ^-Russia, Raised
Jack-Bands, Cloth Sides,
(18)
Canada
In U.S. (duty paid).
Great
Britain.
28s.
France.
30 fr. 30
$5.00
$5.50
8.30
49 fr. 10
42s.
8.00
-ocr page 246-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
PRICE and EAGLETON
Three Charts of the Nervo-Vascular System.
Part I.—The Nerves. Part II.—The Arteries.
Part III.—The Veins.
A New Edition, Revised and Perfected. Arranged by W. Henry Price,
M.D., and S. Potts Eagleton, M.D. Endorsed by leading anatomists. Clearly
and beautifully printed upon extra durable paper.
FART I. The Nerves.—Gives in a clear form not only the Cranial and Spinal Nerves, show-
ing the formation of the different Plexuses and their branches, but also the complete
distribution of the Sympathetic Nerves.
FART II. The Arteries—Gives a unique grouping of the Arterial system, showing the
divisions and subdivisions of all the vessels, beginning from the heart and tracing their
continuous distribution to the periphery, and showing at a glance the terminal
branches of each artery.
FART III. The Veins.-—Shows how the blood from the periphery of the hotly is gradually
collected by the larger veins, and these coalescing forming still larger vessels, until they
finally trace themselves into the Right Auricle of the heart.
It is therefore readily seen that "The Nervo-Vascular System of Charts '*
offers the following superior advantages :—
1.   It is the only arrangement which combines the Three Systems, and yet
each is perfect and distinct in itself.
2.   It is the only instance of the Cranial, Spinal, and Sympathetic Nervous
Systems being represented on one chart.
o*. From its neat size and clear type, and being printed only upon one side,
it may be tacked up in any convenient place, and is always ready for freshening
up the memory and reviewing for examination.
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada, 50 cents, net, complete; in
Great Britain, 3s. 6d.; in France, 3 fr. 60.
For the student of anatomy there can pos-
sibly be no more concise way of acquiring a
knowledge of the nerves, veins, and arteries
of the human system. It presents at a glance
their trunks and branches in the great divis-
ions of the body. It will save a world of tedi-
ous reading, and will impress itself on the
mind as no ordinary vade mecum, even, could.
Its price is nominal and its value inestimable.
No student should be without it.—Pacific
Record of Medicine and Surgery.
These are three admirably arranged charts
for the use of students, to assist in memor-
izing their anatomical sudies.—Buffalo Med.
and Sarg. Jour.
JPUBDY
Diabetes: Its Cause,Symptoms $Treatment
By Ohas. W. Purdt, M.D. (Queen's University), Honorary Fellow of (lie
Royal College of Physicians and Surgeons of Kingston ; Member of the College
of Physicians and Surgeons of Ontario ; Author of "Bright's Disease and Allied
Affections of the Kidneys ;" Member of the Association of American Physicians ;
Member of the American Medical Association ; Member of the Chicago'Academy
of Sciences, etc.
Contents.—Section I. Historical, Geographical, and Climatological Con-
siderations of Diabetes Mellitus. II. Physiological and Pathological Considera-
tions of Diabetes Mellitus. III. Etiology of Diabetes Mellitus. IV. Morbid
Anatomy of Diabetes Mellitus. V. Symptomatology of Diabetes Mellitus. VI.
Treatment of Diabetes Mellitus. VII. Clinical Illustrations of Diabetes Mellitus.
VIII. Diabetes Insipidus ; Bibliography.
12mo. Dark Blue Extra Cloth. Nearly 200 pages. With Clinical Illus-
trations. No. 8 in the Physicians' and Students' Heady-Reference Series.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.25, net; in Great
Britain, 6s. 6d.; in Prance, 7 fr. 75.
lished which have dealt with the subject of
diabetes, we know of none which so thoroughly
considers its relations to the geographical
conditions which exist in the United Btates,
nor which is more complete in its summary of
the symptomatology and treatment of this
affection. A number of tables, showing the
percentageof sugar in a very large number of
alcoholic beverages, adds very considerably to
the value of the work.—Medical News.
This will prove a most entertaining as well |
as most interesting treatise upon a disease [
which frequently falls to the lot of every
practitioner. The work has been written with
a special view of bringing out the features of
the disease as it occurs in the United States.
The author has very judiciously arranged the
little volume, and it will offer many pleasant
attractions to the practitioner.—Nashville
Journal of Medicine and Surgery.
While many monographs have been pub-
(17)
-ocr page 247-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
JtEMONDINO
Circumcision: its History, Modes of
Operation, Etc.
From the Earliest Times to the Present; with a History of
Eunuchism, Hermaphrodism, etc., as Observed Among all Races
and Nations; also a Description of the Different Operative
Methods of Modern Surgery Practiced upon the Prepuce.
By P. C. Remondino, M.D. (Jefferson) ; Member of the American Medical
Association; Member of the American Public Health Association; Vice-President
of the State Medical Society of California, and of the Southern California Medical
Society, etc., etc.
No. 11 in the Physicians' and Students' Beady-Reference Series. About 350
pages. 12mo. Handsomely bound in Dark-Blue Cloth. Just Ready.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.25, net; in Great
Britain, 8s. 6d.; in France, 7 fr. 75. Cheap Edition (paper binding),
United States and Canada, 50 cents, net, post-paid; Great Britain,
4s. 3d.; France, i fr. 20.
ROHE
Text-Book of Hygiene.
A Comprehensive Treatise on the Principles and Practice of Pre-
ventive Medicine from an American Stand-point.
By George H. Rohe, M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Hygiene in the
College of Physicians and Surgeons, Baltimore ; Member of the American Public
Health Association, etc.
Every Sanitarian should have Rohe's " Text-Book of Hygiene " as a work
of reference. Of this New (second) edition, one of the best qualified judges,
namely, Albert L. Gihon, M.I)., Medical Director, IT. S. Navy, in charge of U. S.
Naval Hospital, Brooklyn, N. Y„ and ex-President of the American Public
Health Association, writes : " It is the most admirable, concise resume of the facts
of Hygiene with which I am acquainted. Prof. Rohe's attractive style makes
the book so readable that no better presentation of the important place of Pre-
ventive Medicine, among their studies, can be desired for the younger members,
especially, of our profession.
Second Edition, thoroughly revised and largely rewritten, with many
illustrations and valuable tables. In one handsome Royal Octavo volume of
over 400 pages, bound in Extra Cloth.
Price, post-paid, in United States, $2.50, net; Canada (duty paid), $2.75,
net; Great Britain, lte.; France, 16 fr. 20.
oughly revised, much of it being rewritten,
and many additions being made. The size of
the book is increased one hundred pages.
The book has the original recommendation of
being a handsomely-bound, clearly-printed
octavo volume, profusely illustrated with re-
liable references for every branch of the
subject matter.—Medical Record.
The wonder is how Prof. Rohe has made the
book so readable and entertaining with so
much matter necessarily condensed. The
book is well printed with good, clear type, is
attractive in appearance, and contains a
number of valuable tables and illustrations
that must be of decided aid to the student, if
not to the general practitioner and health
officer. Altogether, the manual is a good ex-
ponent of hygiene and sanitary science from
the present American stand-point, and will
repay with pleasure and profit any time that
may be given to its penusal.—University Medi-
cal Magazine.
In sliort, the work contains brief ami prac-
tical articles on hygienic regulation of life,
under almost all conditions. One prominent
feature is that there are no superfluous words;
every sentence is direct to the point sought.
It is, therefore, easy reading, and convcvs very
much information in little space.—The Pacific
Record of Medicine and Surgery.
Truly a most excellent and valuable work,
comprising the accepted facts in regard to
preventive medicine, clearly stated and well
arranged. It is unquestionably a work that
should be in the hands of every physician in
the country, and medical students will rind it
a most excellent and valuable text-book.—The
Southern Practitioner.
The first edition was rapidly exhausted, and
the book justly became an authority to physi-
cians and sanitary officers, and a text-book very
generally adopted in the colleges throughout
America. The second edition is a great improve-
ment over the first, all of the matter being thor-
(18)
-ocr page 248-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
S AJO US
Un\l CCIICD And Its Successful Treatment toy Superficial
HHf rC.llC.rC              Organic Alteration of tlie Masai
■ b •••_•«                              Mucous Membrane.
By Charles E. Sajous, M.D., formerly Lecturer on Rhinology and
Laryngology in Jefferson Medical College; Vice-President of the American
Laryngological Association; Officer of the Academy of France and of Public
Instruction of Venezuela; Corresponding Member of the Royal Society of
Belgium, of the Medical Society of Warsaw (Poland), and of the Society of
Hygiene of France; Member of the American Philosophical Society, etc., etc.
With 13 Engravings on Wood. 103 pages. 12mo. Bound in Cloth.
Beveled Edges.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.00, net; in Great
Britain, 6s.; France, S fr. 20.
SANNE
Diphtheria, Croup: Tracheotomy and
Intubation.
From the French of A. Sanne.
Translated and enlarged by Henry Z. Gill, M D., LL.D., late Pro-
fessor of Surgery in Cleveland, Ohio.
Sanne's work is quoted, directly or indirectly, by every writer since
its publication, as the highest authority, statistically, theoretically, and
practically. The translator, having given special study to the subject
for many years, has added over fifty pages, including the Surgical
Anatomy, Intubation, and the recent progress in other branches, making
it, beyond question, the most complete work extant on the subject of
Diphtheria in the English language.
Facing the title-page is found a very fine Colored Lithogrnph Plate
of the parts concerned in Tracheotomy. Next follows an illustration
of a cast of the entire Trachea, and bronchi to the third or fourth
division, in one piece, taken from a photograph of a case in which the
cast was expelled during life from a patient sixteen 3'ears old. This is
the most complete cast of any one recorded.
■ Over fifty other illustrations of the surgical anatomy of instruments,
etc., add to the practical value of the work.
A full Index accompanies the enlarged volume, also a List of
Authors, making altogether a very handsome illustrated volume of
over 680 pages.
Canada
United States. (duty paid). Great Britain. France.
Price, post-paid, Cloth, - $4.00, Net $140, Net 22s. 6d. 24 fr. 60
"          " Leather, 5.00, " 5.50, " 28s.          30 fr. 30
titioner.—St. Louis Med. and Surgical Journ.
Diphtheria having become such a prevalent,
wide-spread, and fatal disease, no general
practitioner can afford to be without this
work. It will aid in preventive measures,
stimulate promptness in application of, and
efficiency in, treatment,—Southern Practi-
tioner.
The subject of intubation, so recently re-
vived in this country, receives a very care-
ful and impartial discussion at the hands
of the translator, and a most valuable chapter
on the prophylaxis of diphtheria and croup
closes the volume. Altogether the book is
one that is valuable and timely, and one that
should be in the hands of every general piac-
(19)
-ocr page 249-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
SMITH
Principles of Surgery.
By N. Senn, M.D., Ph.D., Professor of Practice of Surgery and Clinical
Surgery in Rush Medical College, Chicago, 111.; Professor of Surgery in the
Chicago Polyclinic; Attending Surgeon to the Milwaukee Hospital; Consulting
Surgeon to the Milwaukee County Hospital and to the Milwaukee County
Insane Asylum.
This work, by one of America's greatest surgeons, is thoroughly complete;
its clearness and brevity of statement are among its conspicuous merits. The
author's long, able, and conscientious researches in every direction in this
important field are a guarantee, of unusual trustworthiness, that every branch of
the subject is treated authoritatively and in such a manner as to bring the
greatest gain in knowledge to the Practitioner and Student.
In one handsome Royal Octavo volume, with 1C9 fine Wood-Engravings
and 024 pages.
United States. Canada (duty paid) Great Britain.         France.
Price in Cloth,                   $4.50, Net $5.00. Net 24s. 6i 27 fr. 20
Sheep or i-Xtassia, 5.50 "           6.10 "         30s.             33 fr. 10
OPINIONS AND CRITICISMS.
Stephen Smith, M.D., Professor of Clini-
cal Surgery Medical Department University
of the City of New York, writes :•—" I have
examined the work with great satisfaction,
and regard it as a most valuable addition to
American Surgical literature. There has long
been great need of a work on the principles of
surgery which would fully illustrate the pres-
ent advanced state of knowledge of the various
subjects embraced in this volume. The work
seems to me to meet this want admirably."
IVewis A. Sayre, M.D., Professor Ortho-
• pnedic Surgery Bellevue Hospital Medical
College, New York, writes:—" My Bear Doctor
Senn : Your very valuable work on surgery,
sent to me some time since, I have studied
with great satisfaction and improvement. I
congratulate you most heartily on having
produced the most classical and practical
work on surgery yet published."
Frank J. Lutz, M.D., St. Louis, Mo., says:
—"It seems incredible that those who pretend
to teach have done without such a guide
before, and 1 do not understand how our stu-
dents succeeded in mastering the principles
of modern surgery by attempting to read our
obsolete text-books. American surgery should
feel proud of the production, and the present
generation of surgeons owe you a debt of
gratitude."
W. W. Dawson, M.D., Cincinnati, Ohio,
writes :—"It is a work of great merit, and one
freatly needed. Reliable Surgery must be
ounded upon correct principles."
Wm. Ohler, M.D., The Johns Hopkins
Hospital, Baltimore, says:—"You certainly
have covered the ground thoroughly and weli,
and with a thoroughness I do not know of in
any similar work. I should think it would
prove a great boon to the students and also to
very many teachers."
J. C. Warren, M.D., Boston, Mass., writes :
—"The book comes at an opportune moment;
the old text-books on Surgical Pathologv are
out of date, and you are filling practically a
new field."
The work is systematic and compact, with-
out a fact omitted or a sentence too much,
and it not only makes instructive but fasci-
nating reading. A conspicuous merit of Semi's
work is his method, his persistent and tireless
search through original investigations for
additions to knowledge, and the practical
Character of his discoveries. This combina-
tion of the discoverer and the practical man
gives a special value to all his work, and is
one of the secrets of his fame. No physician
in any line of practice can afford to be without
Senn's "Principles of Surgery."—TiieReview
of Insanity and Nervous Diseases,
Every chapter is a mine of information
containing all the recent advances on the sub-
jects presented in such a systematic, instruc-
tive and entertaining style that the reader
will not willingly lay it aside, but will read
and re-read with pleasure and profit.—-Kansas
Medical Journal.
It is a most admirable work in all respects,
and should be in the hands of every senior
student, general practitioner, and special
surgeon.—Canadian Practitioner.
After perusing this work on several differ-
ent occasions we have come to the conclusion
that it is a remarkable work by a man of un-
usual ability. We have never seen anything
like it before. The author seems to have had
a very large personal experience, which is
freely made use of in the text, besides which
he is familiar with almost all that has been
written in English and German on the above
topics. We congratulate Dr. Senn upon the
manner in which he has accomplished his
task.—The Canada Medical Record.
The work is exceedingly practical, as the
chapters on the treatment of the various con-
ditions considered are based on sound deduc-
tions, are complete, and easily carried out by
any painstiking surgeon. Asepsis and anti-
sepsis are exhaustively treated. All in all, the
book is a most excellent (me, and deserves a,
place in every well-selected library.—Medical
Record.
It will prove exceedingly valuable in the
diffusion of more thorough knowledge of the
subject-matter among English-speaking sur-
feons. As in the case of all his work, he has
one this in a truly admirable manner. No-
where is there room to criticise the accuracy
of Senn's statements, and everywhere is there
evidence of a thorough study of the best
work of the most eminent men. The book
throughout is worthy of the highest praise.
It should be adopted as a text-book in all of
our schools.— University Medical Magazine.
The principles of surgery, as expounded by
Dr. Senn. are such as to place the student in
the independent position of evolving from
them methods of treatment; the master of
the principles readily becomes equally a
master of practice. And this, of course, is
really the whole purpose of the volume.—
Weekly Medical Review.
(20)
-ocr page 250-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
SHOEMAKER
Heredity, Health, and Personal Beauty.
Including the Selection of the Best Cosmetics for the Skin, Hair,
Nails, and all Parts Relating to the Body.
By John V. Shoemakeb, A M., M.D., Professor of Materia Medics, Phar-
macology, Therapeutics, and Clinical Medicine, and Clinical Professor of Diseases
of the Skin in the Medico-Chirurgical College of Philadelphia; Physician to the
Medico-Chirurgical Hospital, etc., etc.
The health of the skin and hair, and how to promote them, are discussed;
the treatment of the nails; the subjects of ventilation, food, clothing, warmth,
bathing; the circulation of the blood, digestion, ventilation; in fact, all that in
daily life conduces to the well-being of the body and refinement is duly enlarged
upon. To these stores of popular information is added a list of the'best medicated
soaps and toilet soaps, and a whole chapter of the work is devoted to household
remedies. The work is largely suggestive, and gives wise and timely advice as
to when a physician should be consulted. This is just the book to place on the
waiting-room table of every physician, and a work that will prove usefal in the hands
of your patients.
Complete in one handsome Royal Octavo volume of 42"> pages, beautifully
and clearly printed, and bound in Extra Cloth, Beveled Edges, with side and
back gilt stamps and in Half-Morocco Gilt Top.
Price, in United States, post-paid, Cloth, $2.50; Half-Morocco, $3.50,
net. Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $2.75; Half-Morocco, $3.90, net.
Great Britain, Cloth, 14s.; Half-Morocco, 19s. 6d. France, Cloth,
15 fr.; Half-Morocco, 22 fr.
The book reads not like the fulfillment of a
task, but like the researches and observations
of one thoroughly in love with his subject,
fully appreciating its importance, and writing
for the pleasure he experiences in it. The
work is very comprehensive and complete in
its scope.—Medical World.
The book before us is a most remarkable
production and a most entertaining one. The
book is equally well adapted for the laity or
the profession. It tells us how to be healthy,
happy, and as beautiful as possible. We can't
review this book ; it is aifferent from anything
we have ever read. It runs like a novel, ami
will be perused until finished with pleasure
and profit. Buy it, read it, and be surprised,
pleased, and improved.—77ie Southern Clinic.
This book is written primarily for the laity,
but will prove of interest to the physician as
well. Though the author goes to some extent
into technicalities, he confines himself to the
use of good, plain English, and in that respect
sets a notable example to many other writers
on similar subjects. Furthermore, the book
is written from a thoroughly American stand-
point.—Medical Record.
This is an exceedingly interesting book,
both scientific and practical in character, in-
tended for both professional and lay readers.
The book is well written and presented in ad-
mirable form by the publisher.—Ganadian
Practitioner.
SHOEMAKER
Ointments and Oleates : ^T^l™.™**9
By John V. Shoemaker, A.M., M.I)., Professor of Materia Medica, Phar-
macology, Therapeutics, and Clinical Medicine, and Clinical Professor of Diseases
of the Skin in the Medico-Chirurgical College of Philadelphia, etc., etc.
The author concisely concludes his preface as follows : "The reader may
thus obtain a conspectus of the whole subject of inunction as it exists to-day in
the civilized world. In all cases the mode of preparation is given, and the thera-
peutical application described seriatim, in so far as may be done without needless
repetition."
Second Edition, revised and enlarged. 298 pages. 12mo. Neatly bound
in Dark-Blue Cloth. No. 6 in the Physicians' and Students' Ready-Reference Series.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.50, J»t; in Great
Britain, 8s. Si; in France, 5 fr. 35.
the best form in which to prescribe medicines
by way of the skin the book will prove valu-
able, owing to the many prescriptions and
f ormulae which dot its pages, while the copious
index at the back materially aids in making
Mie book a useful one.—Medical News.
It is invaluable as a ready reference when
ointments or oleates are to be used, and is
serviceable to both druggist and physician.—
Canada Medical Record.
To the physician who feels uncertain as to
(21)
-ocr page 251-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
SHOEMAKER
Materia Medica and Therapeutics.
With Especial Reference to the Clinical Application of Drugs.
Being the Second and Last Volume of a Treatise on Materia
Medica, Pharmacology, and Therapeutics, and an Independent
Volume upon Drugs.
By John V. Shoemaker, A.M., M.D., Professor of Materia Medica,
Pharmacology, Therapeutics, and Clinical Medicine, and Clinical Professor of
Diseases of the Skin in the Medico-Chirurgical College of Philadelphia; Physician
to the Medico-Chirurgical Hospital, etc., etc.
This, the second volume of Shoemaker's "Materia Medica, Pharmacology,
and Therapeutics," is wholly taken up with the consideration of drugs, each
remedy being studied from three points of view, viz.: the Preparations, or Materia
Medica; the Physiology and Toxicology, or Pharmacology; and, lastly, its
Therapy. It is thoroughly abreast of the progress of Therapeutic Science, and
is really an indispensable book to every student and practitioner of medicine.
Hoyal Octavo, about 67.) pages. Thoroughly and carefully indexed.
Price, in United States, post-paid, Cloth, $3.50; Sheep, $4,50, net.
Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $4.00; Sheep, $5.00, net.
ain, Cloth, 20s.; Sheep, 26s. France, Cloth, 22 fr.
Great Brit-
40; Sheep,
28 fr. 60-
The first volume of this work is devoted to Pharmacy, General Pharma-
cology, and Therapeutics, and remedial agents not properly classed with drugs.
Royal Octavo, 353 pages.
Price of Volume I, post-paid, in United States, Cloth, $2,50, net; Sheep,
$3.25, net. Canada, duty paid, Cloth, $2.75, net; Sheep, $3.60, net.
Great Britain, Cloth, 14s.; Sheep, 18s. France, Cloth, 16 fr. 20;
Sheep, 20 fr. 20. The volumes are sold separately.
SHOEMAKER'S TREATISE ON MATERIA MEDICA, PHARMACOLOGY, AND THERA-
PEUTICS STANDS ALONE.
(1)
(*)
(»)
(*)
(3)
(6)
(*)
(8)
(»)
Among; Materia Medica text-books, in that it includes every officinal drug and every
preparation contained in the United States Pharmacopoeia.
In that it is the only work on therapeutics giving the strength, composition, and dosage
of every officinal preparation.
In giving the latest investigations with regard to the physiological action of drugs and
the most recent applications in therapeutics.
In combining with officinal drugs the most reliable reports of the actions and uses of all
the noteworthy new remedies, such as acetanilid, antipyrin, bromoform, exalgin, pyok-
tanin, pyridin, somnal, spermine (Brown-Sequard), tuberculin (Koch'slymph), sulphonal,
thiol, urethan, etc., etc.
As a complete encyclopaedia of modern therapeutics in condensed form, arranged alpha-
betically for convenience of reference for either physician, dentist, or pharmacist, when
immediate information is wanted concerning the action, composition, dose, or antidotes
for any officinal preparation or new remedy.
In giving the physical characters and chemical formulae of the new remedies, especially
the recently-introduced antipyretics and analgesics.
In the fact that it gives special attention to the consideration of the diagnosis and treat-
ment of poisoning by the more active drugs, both officinal and non-officinal.
And unrivaled in the number and variety of the prescriptions and practical formulae,
representing the latest achievements of clinical medicine.                ,
In that, while summarizing foreign therapeutical literature, it fully recognizes the work
done in this department by American physicians. It is an epitome of the present state
of American medical practice, which is universally acknowledged to be the best practice.
(10) Because it is the most complete, convenient, and compendious work of reference, being,
in fact, a companion to the United States Pharmacopoeia, a drug-encyclopaedia, and a
therapeutic hand-book all in one volume.
The value o^ the book lies in the fact that
it contains all that is authentic and trust-
worthy about the host of new remedies which
have deluged us in the last five years. The
pages are remarkably free from useless infor-
mation. The author has done well in following
the alphabetical order.—N. Y. Med. Record.
In perusing the pages devoted to the special
consideration of drugs, their pharmacology,
physiological action, toxic action, and therapy,
one is constantly surprised at the amount of
material compressed in so limited a space.
The book will prove a valuable addition to the
physician 's library.—Occiaental Med. Times.
It is a meritorious work, with many unique
features. It is richly illustrated by well-trieu
prescriptions showing the practical applica-
tion of the various drugs discussed. In short,
this work makes a pretty complete encyclo-
paedia of the science of therapeutics, conve-
niently arranged for handy reference.—Med.
World.
(22)
-ocr page 252-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
SMITH
Physiology of the Domestic Animals.
A Text-Book for Veterinary and Medical Students and Practitioners.
By Robebt Meade Smith, A.M., M.D , Professor of Comparative Physi-
ology in University of Pennsylvania; Fellow of the College of Physicians and
Academy of the Natural Sciences, Philadelphia; of American Physiological
Society; of the American Society of Naturalists, etc.
This new and important work, the most thoroughly complete in the
English language on this subject, treats of the physiology of the domestic animals
in a most comprehensive manner, especial prominence being given to the subject
of ioods and fodders, and the character of the diet for the herbivora under
different conditions, with a full consideration of their digestive peculiarities.
"Without being overburdened with details, it forms a complete text-book of
physiology adapted to the use of students and practitioners of both veterinary
and human medicine. This work has already been adopted as the Text-Book on
Physiology in the Veterinary Colleges of the United States, Great Britain, and
Canada. In one Handsome Royal Octavo Volume of over 950 pages, profusely
illustrated with more than 400 Pine Wood-Engravings and many Colored Plates.
United States. Canada (duty paid) Great Britain. France.
Price, Cloth, - - $5.00, Net $5.50, Net           28s. 30 fr. 30
" Sheep, - - 6.00 "             6.60 "            32s. 36 fr. 20
full understanding of the text.—Journal of
Comparative Medicine and Surgery.
Veterinary practitioners and graduates will
read it with pleasure. Veterinary students
will readily acquire needed knowledge from
its pages, aiid veterinary schools, which would
be well equipped for the work they aim t»
perform, cannot ignore it as their text-book
in physiol-ogy.—American Veterinary Review.
Altogether, Professor Smith's "Physiology
of the Domestic Animals" is a happy produc-
tion, and will be hailed with delight in both
the human medical and veterinary medical
worlds. It should find its place, besides, in all
agricultural libraries.—Paul Paquin, M.D.,
\ .S., in the Weekly Medical Jteview.
The author has judiciously made the nutri-
tive functions the strong point of the work,
and has devoted special attention to the sub-
ject of foods and digestion. In looking
through other sections of the work, it appears
to us that a just proportion of space is assigned
to each, in view of their relative importance
tu the practitioner.—London Lancet.
A. Liautard, M.D., H.F.R.C., V.S., Pro-
fessor of Anatomy, Operative Surgery, and
Sanitary Medicine in the American \ eterinary
College, New York, writes:—"I have exam-
ined the work of Dr. R. M. Smith on the
'Physiology of theDomestic Animals,' and con-
sider it one of the best additions to veterinary
literature that we have had for some time."
E. M. Reading, A.M., M.D., Professor of
Physiology in the Chicago Veterinary College,
writes:—"I have carefully examined the
'Snath's Physiology,' published L/ you, and
like it. It is comprehensive, exhaustive, and
complete, and is especially adapted to those
who desire to obtain a full knowledge of the
principles of physiology, and are not satisfied
with a mere smattering of the cardinal points."
Dr. Smith's presentment of his subject is as
brief as the status of the science permits, and
to this much -desired conciseness he has added
an equally welcome clearness of statement.
The illustrations in the work are exceedingly
good, and must prove a valuable aid to the
SOZIWSKJEY
iyi/*J?s*«*l QumkAllAiM Historical Studies in the Arts
MedlCal SymDOllSm. ofHealing and Hygiene.
By Thomas S. Sozinskey, M.D., Ph.D., Author of "The Culture of
Beauty," "The Care and Culture of Children," etc.
*12mo. Nearly 200 pages. Neatly bound in Park-Blue Cloth. Appropri-
ately illustrated with upward of thirty (30) new Wood-Engravings. No. 9 in the
Physicians' and Students' Beady-Reference Series.
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada, $1.00, set; Great
Britain, 6s.; France, 6 fr. 20.
will value as sound and serious matter."—Can-
adian Practitioner.
In the volume before us we have an admira-
ble and successful attempt to set forth in
order those medical symbols which have come
down to us, and to explain on historical grounds
their significance. An astonishing amount of
information is contained within the covers of
the book, and every page of the work bears
token of the painstaking genius and erudite
mind of the now unhappily deceased author.
—London Lancet.
>
• He who has not time to more fully study the
more extended records of the past, will highly
prize this little book. Its interesting discourse
upon the past is full of suggestive thought.-—'
American Lancet.
Like an oasis in a dry and dusty desert of
medical literature, through which we wearily
stagger, is this work devoted to medical sym-
bolism and mythology. As the author aptly
quotes: " What some light braines may esteem
as foolish toyes, deeper judgments can and
(
-ocr page 253-
jfedical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
STEW AMI
Obstetric Synopsis.
By John S. Stewart, M.D., formerly Demonstrator of Obstetrics and
Chief Assistant in the Gynecological Clinic of the Medico-Chirurgical College
of Philadelphia: with an introductory note by William S. Stewart, A.M.,
M.D., Professor of Obstetrics and Gynaecology in the Medico-Chirurgical College
of Philadelphia.
By students this work will be found particularly useful. It is based upon
the teachings of such well-known authors as Playfair, Parvin, Lusk, Galabin,
and Cazeaux and Tarnier, and contains much new and important matter of great
value to both student and practitioner.
With 42 Illustrations. 202 pages. 12mo. Handsomely bound in Dark-
Blue Cloth. No. 1 in the Physicians' mid Students' Ready-Reference Series.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.00, net; in Great
Britain, 6s.; France, 6 fr. 20.
DeTjASkie Miller, M.D., Professor of
Obstetrics, Rush Medical College, Chicago,
111., says:—"I have examined the 'Obstetric
Synopsis,' by John 8. Stewart, M.D., and it
gives me pleasure to characterize the work as
systematic, concise, perspicuous, and authen-
tic. Among manuals it is one of the best."
It is well written, excellently illustrated,
ami fully up to date in every respect. Here
we find all the essentials of Obstetrics in a
nutshell, Anatomy, Embryology, Physiology,
Pregnancy, Labor, Puerperal State, and Ob-
stetric Operations all being carefully and ac-
eurately described.—Buffalo Medical ana
/Surgical Journal.
It is clear and concise. The chapter on the
development of the ovum is especially satis-
factory. The judicious use of bold-faced
type for headings and italics for important
statements gives the hook a pleasing typo-
graphical appearance.—Medical Record.
This volume is done with a masterly hand.
The scheme is an excellent one. The whole
is freely and most admirably illustrated with
well-drawn, new engravings, and the book is
Of a very convenient size.—St. Louis Medical
and Surgical Journal.
ULTZMAinf
The Neuroses of the Genito-Urinary System
in the Male.
With Sterility and Impotence.
By Dit. R. Ultzmann, Professor of Genito-Urinary Diseases in the Uni-
versity of Vienna. Translated, with the author's permission, by Gardner W.
Allen, M.D., Surgeon in the Genito-Urinary Department, Boston Dispensary.
Full and complete, yet terse and concise, it handles the subject with such
a vigor of toueh, such a clearness of detail and description, and such a directness
to the result, that no medical man who once takes it up will be content to lay it
down until its perusal is complete,—nor will one reading be enough.
Professor Ultzmann has approached the subject from a somewhat different
point of view from most surgeons, and this gives a peculiar value to the work.
It is believed, moreover, that there is no convenient hand-book in English treat-
ing in a broad manner the Genito-Urinary Neuroses.
Synopsis op Contents.—First Part—I. Chemical Changes in the Urine in
Cases of Neuroses. II. Neuroses of the Urinary and of the Sexual Organs,
classified as : (1) Sensory Neuroses; (2) Motor Neuroses ; (3) Secretory Neuroses.
Second Part—Sterility and Impotence. The treatment in all cases is described
clearly and minutely.
Illustrated. 12mo. Handsomely bound in Dark-Blue Cloth. No. 4. in the
Physicians' and Students' Ready-Reference Series.
Price, post-paid, in the United States and Canada, $1.00, net; in Great
Britain, 6s.; in France, 6 fr. 20.                                   ,
This book is to be highly recommended,
owing to its clearness and brevity. Altogether,
we do not know of any book of the same size
1 which contains so much useful information in
such a short space.—Medical News.
Its scope is large, not being confined to the
one condition,—neurasthenia,—but embracing
all of the neuroses, motor and sensory of the
genito-urinary organs i« the male. No one
who has read after Dr. Ultziuann need be re-
minded of his delightful manner of presenting
his thoughts, which ever sparkle with original-
ity and appositeness.—Weekly Med. Review.
It engenders sound pathological teaching,
and will aid in no Snj.aH degree in throwing
I'ght on the management of many of the dif-
ficult and more refractory cases of the classes
to which these essays especially refer.—The
Medical Age,
(2*)
-ocr page 254-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
WHEELER
Abstracts of Pharmacology.
By H. A. Wheeler, M.D. (Registered Pharmacist, No. 3468, Iowa). Pre-
pared for the use of Physicians and Pharmacists, and especially for the use of
Students of Medicine and Pharmacy, who are preparing for Examination in
Colleges and before State Boards of Examiners.
This book does not contain questions and answers, but solid pages of
abstract information. It will be an almost indispensable companion to the prac-
ticing Pharmacist, and a very useful reference-book to the Physician. It contains
a brief but thorough explanation of all terms and processes used in practical
pharmacy, an abstract of all that is essential to be known of each officinal drug,,
its preparations and therapetic action, with doses; in Chemistry and Botany,
much that is useful to the Physician and Pharmacist; a general working formula
for each class and an abstract formula for each officinal preparation, and many of
the more popular unofficinal ones, together with their doses; also many symbolic
formulas; a list of abbreviations used in prescription writing; rules governing
incompatibilities; a list of Solvents; tests for the more common drugs; the habitat
and best time for gathering plants to secure their medical properties.
The book contains 180 pages, 5J x 8 inches, closely printed and on the best
paper, nicely and durably bound, containing a greater amount of information on
the above topics than any other work for the money.,
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada, $1.50, net; in Great
Britain, 8s. 6d.; in France, 9 fr. 35.
TOUWG
Synopsis of Human Anatomy.
Being a Complete Compend of Anatomy, Including the Anatomy of
the Viscera, and Numerous Tables.
By James K. Young, M.D., Instructor in Orthopaedic Surgery and Assistant
Demonstrator of Surgery, University of Pennsylvania; Attending Orthopaedic
Surgeon, Out-Patient Department, University Hospital, etc.
"While the author has prepared this work especially for students, sufficient
descriptive matter has been added to render it extremely valuable to the busy
practitioner, particu'arly the sections on the Viscera, Special Senses, and Sur-
gical Anatomy.
The work includes a complete account of Osteology, Articulations and
Ligaments, Muscles, Fascias, Vascular and Nervous Systems, Alimentary, Vocal,
and Respiratory and Genito-Urinary Apparatus, the Organs of Special Sense,
and Surgical Anatomy.
In addition to a most carefully and accurately prepared text, wherever
possible, the value of the work has been enhanced by tables to facilitate and
minimize the labor of students in acquiring a thorough knowledge of this
important subject. The section on the teeth has also been especially prepared
to meet the requirements of students of dentistry.
Illustrated with 76 Wood-Engravings. 890 pages. 12mo. No. S in the
Pliysicians' and Students' Beady-Reference Series.                  *"
Price, post-said, in United States and Canada $1.40, net;
Great Britain, 8s. 6d.; Trance, 9 fr. 25.
has a definite field of usefulness.—Pittsburgh
Medical Review.
The book is much more satisfactory than the
"remembrances " in vogue, and yet is not too
cumbersome to be carried around and read at
odd moments—a property which the student
will readily appreciate. — Weekly Medical
Review.
Every unnecessary word has been excluded,
out of regard to the very limited time at the
medical student's disposal. It is also good as
a reference-book, as it presents the facts about
which he wishes to refresh his memory m the
briefest manner consistent with clearness.—
New York Medical Journal.
As a companion to the dissecting-table, and
a convenient reference for the practitioner, it
(
)
-ocr page 255-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
WITHERSTINE
The International Pocket Medical Formulary
Arranged Therapeutically.
By C. Sumner Withehstine, M.S., M.D., Associate Editor of the
"Annual of the Universal Medical Sciences ;" Visiting Physician of the Home
for the Aged, Germantown, Philadelphia ; Late House-Surgeon Charity Hospital,
New York.
More than 1800 formulae from several hundred well-known authorities.
With an Appendix containing a Posological Table, the newer remedies included ;
Important Incompatibles ; Tables on Dentition and the Pulse ; Table of Drops
in a Fluidrachm and Doses of Laudanum graduated for age ; Formulae and Doses
of Hypodermatic Medication, including the newer remedies ; Uses of the Hypo-
dermatic Syringe ; Formulae and Doses for Inhalations, Nasal Douches, Gargles,
and Eye-washes ; Formulae for Suppositories ; Use of the Thermometer in Dis-
ease ; Poisons, Antidotes, and Treatment; Directions for Post-Mortem and
Medico-Legal Examinations; Treatment of Asphyxia, Sun-stroke, etc. ; Anti-
emetic Remedies and Disinfectants ; Obstetrical Table ; Directions for Ligations
of Arteries ; Urinary Analysis ; Table of Eruptive Fevers ; Motor Points for
Electrical Treatment, etc.
This work, the best and most complete of its kind, contains about 275
printed pages, besides extra blank leaves—the book being interleaved throughout
—elegantly printed, with red lines, edges, and borders; with illustrations. Bound
in leather, with side flap.
It is a handy book of reference, replete with the choicest formula (over
1800 in number) of more than six hundred of the most prominent classical writers
and modern practitioners.
The remedies given are not only those whose efficiency has stood the test
of time, but also the newest and latest discoveries in pharmacy and medical
science, as prescribed and used by the best-known American and foreign modern
authorities.
It contains the latest, largest (66 formula;), and most complete collection of
hypodermatic formulae (including the latest new remedies) ever published, with
doses and directions for their use in over fifty different diseases and diseased
conditions.
Its appendix is brimful of information, invaluable in office work, emergency
cases, and the daily routine of practice.
It is a reliable friend to consult when, in a perplexing or obstinate case, the
usual line of treatment is of no-avail. (A hint or a help from the best authorities,
as to choice of remedies, correct dosage, and the eligible, elegant, and most palat-
able mode of exhibition of the same.)
It is compact, elegantly printed and bound, well illustrated, and of conve-
nient size and shape for the pocket.
The alphabetical arrangement of the diseases and a thumb-letter index
render reference rapid and easy.
Blank leaves, judiciously distributed throughout the book, afford a place to
record and index favorite formulae.
As a student, the physician needs it for study, collateral reading, and for
recording the favorite prescriptions of his professors, in lecture and clinic; as a
recent graduate, he needs it as a reference hand-book for daily use in prescribing
(gargles, nasal douches, inhalations, eye-washes, suppositories, incompatibles,
poisons, etc.); as an old practitioner, he needs it to refresh his memory on old
remedies and combinations, and for information concerning newer remedies and
more modern approved plans of treatment.
No live, progressive medical man can afford to be without it.
Price, post-paid, in United States and Canada $2.00, net;
Great Britain, lis. 61; Prance, 12 fr, 40.
enough of incompatibilities before eommenc-
ing practice to avoid writing incompatible and
dangerous prescriptions. The constant use of
such a book by such prescribers would save
the pharmacist much anxiety.—The Drug-
gists* Circular.
In judicious selection, in accurate nomen-
clature, in arrangement, and in style, it leaves
nothing to be desired. The editor and the
publisher are to be congratulated on the pro-
duction of the very best book of its class.—
Pittsburgh Medical Review.
tions as have been well established in their
usefulness be preserved for reference, and
this little volume serves such a purpose better
than any other we have seen.—Columbus Med-
ical Journal,
To the young physiciun just starting out in
practice this little book will prove an accept-
able companion.—Omaha Clinic.
As long as "combinations" are sought, such
a book will be of value, especially to those
who cannot spare the time required to learn
(26)
-ocr page 256-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Annual of the Universal Medical Sciences.
A Yeakly Report oe the Progress of the General Sanitary
Sciences Throughout the World.
Edited by Chaklbs E. Sajous, M.D., formerly Lecturer on Laryngology
and Rhinology in Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia, etc., and Seventy
Associate Editors, assisted by over Two Hundred Corresponding Editors and
Collaborators. In Five Royal Octavo Volumes of about 500 pages each, bound
in Cloth and Half-Russia, Magnificently Illustrated with Chr omo-Lithographs,
Engravings, Maps, Charts, and Diagrams. Being intended to enable any physi-
cian to possess, at a moderate cost, a complete Contemporary History of Universal
Medicine, edited by many of America's ablest teachers, and superior in every
detail of print, paper, binding, etc., a befitting continuation of such great works
as "Pepper's System of Medicine," " Ashhurst's International Encyclopaedia of
Surgery," "Buck's Reference Hand-Book of the Medical Sciences."
SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION, OR SENT DIRECT ON RECEIPT OF PRICE,
SHIPPING EXPENSES PREPAID.
Subscription Price per Year (including the " SATELLITE " for one year):
In United States, Cloth, 5 vols., Royal Octavo, $15.00; Half-Russia, 5 vols.,
Royal Octavo, $20.00. Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $16 50; Half-Russia,
$22.00. Great Britain, Cloth, £i 7s.; Half-Russia, £5 15s. France, Cloth,
93 fr. 95; Half-Russia, 124 fr. 35.
The Satellite of the " Annual of the Universal Medical Sciences." A
Monthly Review of the most important articles upon the practical branches of
Medicine appearing in the medical press at large, edited by the Chief Editor of
the Annual and an able staff. Published in connection with the Annual, and
for its Subscribers Only.
Editorial Staff of the Annual of the Universal Medical Sciences.
CONTRIBUTORS TO SERIES 1888, 1889, 1890, 1891.
Editor-in-chief, CHARLES E. SAJOUS, M.D., Philadelphia.
SENIOR ASSOCIATE EDITORS.
Agnew, D. Haves, M.D., LIj.D., Philadelphia.
series of 1888, 1889.
Baldy, J. M.. M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
Barton, J. M., A.M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1889.
1890 1891
Birdsall, W.' R., M.D., New York, 1889, 1890
1891.
Brown, F. W., M.D., Detroit, 1890, 1891.
Bruen, Edward T., M.D„ Philadelphia, 1889.
Brush, Edward N., M.D., Philadelphia, 1889.
1890,1891.
Cohen. J. Solis, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888, 1889.
1890, 1891.
Conner, P. 8., M.D., LL.D., Cincinnati, 1888.
1889,  1890, 1891.
Currier, A. F., A.B., M.D., New York, 1
1890,  1891.
Davidson, C. C, M D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Davis, N. 85., A.M., M.D., LL.D., Chicago, 1888.
1889,  1890, 1891.
Delafleld, Francis, M.D., New York, 1888.
Delavan, D. Rryson, M.D., New York, I
1889,1890, 1891.
Draper, F. Winthrop. A.M., M.D., New York,
1888.  1889. 1890, 1891.
Dudley, Edward C, M.D., Chicago, 1888.
Ernst, Harold O., A.M., M.D., Boston, 1
1890,  1891.
Forbes, William S., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,
1889,  1890.
Garretson, J. E., M.D., Philadelphia, 1:
Gaston, J. McFadden, M.D., Atlanta, 1890,
1891.
Gihon. Albert L., A.M., M.D., Brooklyn, 1888,
1889. 1890. 1891.
Goodcll, William, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,
1889.  1890.
Grav. Landon Carter, M.D., NewYork, 1890,
1891.
Griffith, ,T. P. Crozer, M.D., Philadelphia, 1889,
1890.1891.
Guilford, S. H., D.D.S., Ph.D., Philadelphia,
1K88
Guite'ras, John, M.D., Ph.D., Charleston, 1888,
1889.
Hamilton, John R.. M.D., LL.D., Washington,
1888.  1889, 1890. 1891.
Hare. Hobart Amorv. M.D., B.Sc, Philadel-
phia. 1888, 1889. 1890, 1891.
Henrv. Frederick P., M.D., Philadelphia, 1889,
1890,  1891.
Holland, J. W., M.D.. Philadelphia, 1888. 1889.
Holt, L. Emmett, M.D., New York, 1889, 1890,
1891.
Howell, W. IL, Ph.D., M.D., Ann Arbor,
1889.  1890, 1891.
Hun, Henry, M.D.. Albany, 1889. 1890.
Hooper, Franklin IL, M.D.. Boston, 1890. 1891.
Ingals. E. Fletcher, A.M., M.D., Chicago, 1889,
1890.  1891.
Jaggard, W. W., A.M., M.D., Chicago. 1890.
Johnston, Christopher, M.D., Baltimore, 1888,
1889.
Johnston, W. W., M.D., Washington, 1888,1889.
1890,1891.
(27)
-ocr page 257-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Wirgman, Chas., M.D., Philadelphia^ 1888.
Witherstine, C, Sumner, M.S., M.D., Phila-
delphia, 1888,1889, 1890, 1891.
White, J. William, M.D., Philadelphia, 1889,
1890,1891.
Young, Jas. K., M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
JUNIOR ASSOCIATE EDITORS.
Baldy, J. M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1890.
Bliss. Arthur Ames, A. M., M.D., Philadelphia,
1890, 1891.
Cattell, H. W., M.D., Philadelphia, 1890, 1891.
Cento, David, M.D., PhD.. Philadelphia, 1891.
Clark, J. Payson, M.D.. Boston, 1890. 1891.
Crandall, F. M., M.D., New York, 1891.
Cohen, Solomon Solis, A.M., M.D., Philadel-
phia, 1890, 1891,
Cryer, H. M„ M.D., Philadelphia. 1889.
Deale, Henry B., M.D., Washington, 1891.
Dolley, C. S., M.D., Philadelphia, 1889, 1890,
1891.
Dollinger, Julius^M.D., Philadelphia, 1889.
Dorland, W. A., M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
Freeman, Leonard, M.D., Cincinnati, 1891.
Goodell, W. Constantino, M.D., Philadelphia,
1888,  1889, 1890.
Gould, Geo. M..M.D., Philadelphia, 1889,1890.
Greene, E. M.. M.D., Boston, 1891.
Griffith, J. P. Crozer, M.D., Philadelphia, 1883.
Hoag, Junius, M.D., Chicago, 1888.
Howell, W. H., PhD., B.A., Baltimore, 1888,
1889
Hunt, William, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888, 1889.
Jackson. Henrv, M.D., Boston, 1891.
Kirk, Edward C., D.D.S.. Philadelphia, 1888.
Lloyd, James Hendrie, M.D., Philadelphia,
1888
McDonald, Willis G., M.D., Albany 1890.
Penrose, Chas. B., M.D.. Philadelphia. 1890.
Powell. W. M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1889, 1890,
1891.
Quimby, Chas. E.. M.D., New York, 1889.
Sayre, Reginald H., M.D., New York, 1890,1891.
Smith, Allen J., A.M., M.D., Philadelpliia,
1889,  1890.
Vickery. H. F., M.D., Boston, 1891.
Warneld. Ridgelv B., M.D., Baltimore, 1891.
Warner, Frederick M., M.D.. New York, 1891.
Weed. Charles L., A.M., M.D., Philadelphia,
1888.1889.
Wells. Brooks H., M.D., New York, 1888, 1889,
1890.1891.
Wollt, Lawrence, M.D., Philadelphia, 1890.
Wyman, Walter, A.M., M.D., Washington,
1891.
ASSISTANTS TO ASSOCIATE
EDITORS.
Baruch, S., M.D., New York, 1888.
Beatty, Franklin T., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Brown, Dillon, M.D., New York, 1888.
Buechler, A. F., M.D., New York, 1888.
Burr, Chas. W., M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
Cohen. Solomon Solis, M.D., Philadelphia,
1889.
Cooke, B. G., M.D., New York, 1888.
Coolidge, Algernon, Jr., M.D.. Boston, 1890.
Currier, A. F„ M.D., New York, 1888.
Daniels. F. H., A.M.. M.D., New York, 1888.
Deale, Henrv B., M.D., Washington, 1890.
Eshner, A. A., M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
Gould, George M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Grandin, Egbert H., M.D., New York, 1888,
1889.
Greene, E. M., M D., Boston, 1890.
Guiteras. G. M., M.D.. Washington, 1890.
Hance, I. H., A.M., M.D.. New York, 1891.
Klingenschmidt, C. H. A., M.D., Washington,
1890.
Martin. Edward, M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
McKee, E. S., M.D., Cincinnati, 1889,1890,1891.
Mvers, P. H., M.D.. New York, 1888.
Packard, F. A., M.D.. Philadelphia, 1890.
Pritchard. W. B., M.D., New York, 1891.
Sangree, E. B., A.M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1890.
Sears, G. G.,M.D.. Boston, 1890.
Shulz, R. C, M.D., New York, 1891.
Souwers. Geo. F., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Taylor, H. L., M.D., Cincinnati, 1889. 1890.
Vansant, Eugene L., M.D., Philadelphia, 188a
SENIOR ASSOCIATE EDITORS
(continued).
Keating, John M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1889.
Kelsey, Charles B., M.D., New York, 1888,1889,
1890, 1891.
Keyes, Edward L., A.M., M.D., New York,
1888, 1889, 1890, 1891.
Knapp, Philip Coombs, M.D., Boston, 1891.
Laplace, Ernest, A.M., M.D., Philadelphia,
1890.1891.
Lee, John G., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Leidy, Joseph, M.D., LL.D., Philadelphia, 1888,
1889,  1890, 1891.
Longstreth, Morris, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,
1889,  1890.
Loomis, Alfred L., M.D., LL.D., New York,
1888, 1889.
Lyman, Henry M., A.M., M D., Chicago, 1888.
MeGuire, Hunter, M.D., LL.D., Richmond,
1888.
Manton, Walter P., M.D., F.R.M.S., Detroit,
1888, 1889, 1890, 1891.
Martin, H. Newell, M.D., M.A., Dr. Be, F.R.S.,
Baltimore, 1888,1889.
Matas, Rudolph, M.D., New Orleans, 1890,
1891.
Mears, J. Ewing, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,1889,
1890,  1891.
Mills, Charles K.. M.D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Minot, Clias. Sedgwick, M.D., Boston, 1888,
1889,  1890, 1891.
Montgomery, E. E., M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
Morton, Thos. G., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,
1889.
Munde, Paul P., M.D., New York, 1888, 1889,
1890,  1891.
Oliver, Charles A., A.M., M.D., Philadelphia,
1889, 1890, 1891.
Packard, John H., A.M., M.D., Philadelphia,
1888, 1889, 1890, 1891.
Parish, Wm. H., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,1889,
1890.
Parvin, Theophilus, M.D., LL.D., Philadel-
phia, 1888, 1889.
Pierce, C. N.. D.D.S., Philadelphia, 1888.
Pepper, William, M.D., LL.D., Philadelpliia,
1888.
Rannev, Ambrose L., M.D., New York, 1888,
1889,  1890.
Richardson, W. L., M.D.,Boston,.1888,1889.
Rockwell, A. D., A.M.. M.D., New York, 1891.
Robe', Geo. H, M.D., Baltimore, 1888,1889,1890,
1891.
Bajous, Chas. E., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,1889,
1890,1891.
Sayre, Lewis A.,M.D., New York, 1890, 1891.
Seguin, E. C, M.D., Providence, 1888, 1889,
1890,  1891.
Senn, Nicholas, M.D., Ph.D., Milwaukee, 1888,
1889.
Shakspeare, E. O., M.D., Philadelphia, 1888.
Snattuck, P. C, M.D., Boston, 1890.
Smith. Allen J., A.M., M.D., Philadelphia, 1890,
1891.
Smith. J. Lewis, M.D., New York, 1888, 1889,
1890, 1891.
Spitzka, E. C, M.D., New York. 1888.
Starr, Louis, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888, 1889,
1890. 1891.
Stinison. Lewis A., M.D., New York, 1888,1889,
1890, 1891.
Sjurgis, P. R., M.D., New York, 1888.
Sudduth, F. X., A.M.. M.D.. P.R.M.S., Minne-
apolis, 1888, 1889, 1890,1891.
Thomson, William, M.D., Philadelphia. 1888.
Thomson, Wm. H., M.D.. New York, 1888.
Tiftanv, L. McLane, A.M., M.D., Baltimore,
1890, 1891.
Turnbull. Chas, S.. M.D., Ph.D., Philadelphia,
1888, 1889, 1890 1891.
Tyson. James, M.D., Philadelphia, 1888,1889,
1890.
Van Harlingen, Arthur, M.D., Philadelphia,
1888, 1889, 1890,1891.
Vander Veer, Albert, M.D., Ph.D., Albany,
1890.
Whittaker. Jas. T., M.D., Cincinnati, 18&8,1889,
1890,1891.
Whittier, E. N., M.D., Boston, 1890, 1891.
Wilson, James C, A.M., M.D., Philadelphia,
1888.1889.1890,1891.
(28)
-ocr page 258-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Rona, Dr. S., Buda-Pesth, Hungary.
Rosenbusch, Dr. L., Lvov, Galicia.
Rossbach, Prof. M. F., Jena, Germany.
St. Germain, Dr. de, Paris, France.
Sanger Prof. M., Leipzig, Germany.
Santa, Dr. P. de Pietra, Paris, France.
Schiffers, Prof., Liege, Belgium.
Schmiegelow, Prof. E., Copenhagen, Den-
mark.
Scott, Dr. G. M., Moscow, Russia.
Simon, Dr. Jules, Paris, France.
Sollier, Dr. P., Paris, France.
Solowieff, Dr. A. N., Lipetz, Russia.
Sota, Prof. R. de la, Seville, Spain.
Sprimont, Dr., Moscow, Russia.
Stockvis, Prof. B. J., Amsterdam, Holland.
Szadek, Dr. Carl, Kiew, Russia.
Tait, Mr. Lawson, Birmingham, England.
Thiriar, Dr.. Brussels, Belgium.
Triflletti, Dr., Naples, Italy.
Tuke, Dr. D. Hack, London, England.
Ulrik, Dr. Axel, Copenhagen, Denmark.
Unverricht, Prof., Jena, Germany.
Van der Mey, Prof. G. H., Amsterdam, Hol-
land.
Van Leent, Dr. F., Amsterdam, Holland.
Van Millingen, Prof. E., Constantinople, Tur-
key.
Van Rijnberk, Dr., Amsterdam, Holland.
Wilson, Dr. George, Leamington, England.
Wolfenden, Dr. N orris, London, England.
Zweifel, Prof., Leipzig, Germany.
AMERICA AND WEST INDIES.
Bittencourt, Dr. J. C, Rio Janeiro, Brazil.
Cooper, Dr. Austin N., Buenos Ayres, Argen-
tine Republic.
Dagnino, Prof. Manuel, Caracas, Venezuela.
Desvernine, Dr. C. M., Havana, Cuba.
Fernandez, Dr. J. L., Havana, Cuba.
Finlay, Dr. Charles, Havana, Cuba.
Fontecha, Prof. R., Tegucigalpa, Honduras.
Harvey, Dr. Eldon, Hamilton, Bermuda,
Herdocia, Dr. E. Leon, Nicaragua.
Levi, Dr. Joseph, Colon, U. S. Columbia.
Mello. Dr. Vierra de, Rio Janeiro, Brazil.
Moir, Dr. J. W., Belize, British Honduras.
Moncorvo, Prof., Rio Janeiro, Brazil.
Pla, Dr. E. F„ Havana, Cuba.
Rake, Dr. Beaven, Trinidad.
Rincon, Dr. F-, Maracaibo, Venezuela.
Semeleder, Dr. F., Mexico, Mexico.
Soriano, Dr. M. S., Mexico, Mexico.
Strachan, Dr. Henry, Kingston, Jamaica.
OCEANICA, AFRICA, AND A8IA.
Baelz, Prof. R., Tokyo, Japan.
Barrett, Dr. Jas. W., Melbourne, Australia.
Branfoot, Dr. A. M., Madras, India.
Carageorgiades, Dr. J. G.,Limassol, Cyprus.
Cochran, Dr. Joseph P., Oroomiab, Persia.
Coltman, Dr. Robert, Jr., Che-foo, China.
Condict, Dr. Alice W., Bombay, India.
Greece, Dr. John M., Sydney, Australia.
Dalzell, Dr. J., Umsiga, Natal.
Diamantopulos, Dr. Geo., Smyrna, Turkey.
Drake-Brockman, Dr., Madras, India.
Fitzgerald, Mr. T. N., Melbourne, Australia.
Foreman, Dr. L., Sydney, Australia.
Gaidzagian, Dr. Ohan, Adana, Asia Minor.
Grant, Dr. David, Melbourne, Australia.
Johnson, Dr. R., Dera Ishmail Khan, Beloo-
chistan.
Kimura, Prof. J. K., Tokyo, Japan.
Knaggs, Dr. S., Sydney, Australia.
Manasseh, Dr. Beshara I., Brummana, Turkey
in Asia.
McCandless, Dr. H. H. Hainan, China.
Moloney, Dr. J., Melbourne, Australia.
Neve, Dr. Arthur, Bombay, India.
Perez, Dr. George V., Puerto Orotava, Tene-
riffe.
Reid, Dr. John, Melbourne, Australia.
Robertson, Dr. W. S., Port Said, Egypt.
Rouvier, Prof. Jules, Beyrouth, Syria.
Scranton, Dr. William B., Seoul, Corea.
Sinclair, Dr. H, Sydney, Australia.
Thompson, Dr. James B , Petchahuree, Siam.
Wheeler, Dr. P. d'E.. Jerusalem, Palestine.
Whitney, Dr. H. T., Foochow, China.
Whitney, Dr. W. Norton, Tokyo, Japan.
ASSISTANTS TO ASSOCIATE
EDITORS-(continued).
Vickery, H. F., M.D., Boston, 1890.
Warner, F. M., M.D., New York, 1888, 1889,
Wells, Brooks H., M.D., New York, 1888.
Wendt, B. U.. M.D., New York, 1888.
Wilder, W. H., M.D., Cincinnati, 1889.
Wilson, C. Meigs, M.D., Philadelphia, 1889.
Wilson, W. R., M.D., Philadelphia, 1891.
CORRESPONDING STAFF.
EUROPE.
Antal, Dr. Gesa v., Puda-Pesth, Hungary.
Baginsky, Dr. A., Berlin, Germany.
Baratoux. Dr. J., Paris, France.
Barker, Mr. A. E. J., London, England.
Barnes, Dr. Faneourt, London, England.
Bayer, Dr. Carl, Prague, Austria.
Bouchut Dr. E., Paris, France.
Bourneville, Dr. A., Paris, France.
Bramwell, Dr. Byron, Edinburgh, Scotland.
Carter, Mr. William, Liverpool, England.
Caspari, Dr. G. A., Moscow, Russia.
Chiralt y Selma, Dr. V., Seville, Spain.
Cordes, Dr. A., Geneva, Switzerland.
D'Estrees, Dr. Debout, Contrexeville, France.
Diakonofl, Dr. P. J., Moscow, Russia.
Dobrashian, Dr. G. S., Constantinople, Tur-
key.
Doleris, Dr. L.,Paris,France.
Doutrelepont, Prof., Bonn, Germany.
Doyon, Dr. II., Lyons, France.
Drzewiecki, Dr. Jos., Warsaw, Poland.
Dubois-Reymond, Prof., Berlin, Germany.
Duerey, Dr. A., Naples, Italy.
Dujardm-Beaumetz, Dr., Paris, France.
Duke, Dr. Alexander, Dublin, Ireland.
Eklund, Dr. F., Stockholm, Sweden.
Fokker, Dr. A. P., Groningen, Holland.
Fort, Dr. J. A., Paris, France.
Fournier, Dr. Henri, Paris, France.
Franks, Dr. Kendal, Dublin, Ireland.
Fremy, Dr. H., Nice, France.
Fry, Dr. George, Dublin, Ireland
Golowina., Dr. A., Varna, Bulgaria.
Gouguenheim, Dr. A., Paris, France.
Haig, Dr. A., London, England.
Hamon, Mr. A., Paris, France.
Harley, Mr. V., London, England.
Harlev, Mr. H. R., Nottingham, England.
Harley, Prof. Geo., London, England.
Harpe, Dr. de la, Lausanne, Switzerland.
Hartmann, Prof. Arthur, Berlin, Germany.
Heitzmann, Dr. J.. Vienna, Austria.
Helferich, Prof.. ; Jreif swald, Germany.
Hewetson, Dr. Bendelack, Leeds, England.
Hoff, Dr. E. M., Copenhagen, Denmark.
Humphreys, Dr. F. Rowland, London, Eng-
land.
Ulingworth, Dr. C. K., Accrington, England.
Jones, Dr. D. M. de Silva, Lisbon, Portugal.
Knott, Dr. J. F., Dublin, Ireland.
Krause, Dr. H., Berlin, Germany.
Landolt, Dr. E., Paris, France.
Levison, Dr. J., Copenhagen, Denmark.
Lutaud, Dr. A., Paris, France.
Mackay, Dr. W. A., Huelva, Spain.
Mackowen, Dr. T. C., Capri, Italy.
Manche, Dr. L., Valetta, Malta.
Massei, Prof. F., Naples, Italy.
Mendez, Prof. R., Barcelona, Spain.
Meyer, Dr. E., Naples, Italy.
Meyer, Prof. W., Copenhagen. Denmark.
Monod, Dr. Charles. Paris, France.
Montefusco, Prof. A., Naples, Italy.
More-Madden, Prof. Thomas, Dublin, Ireland.
Morel, Dr. J., Ghent, Belgium.
Mygind, Dr. Holger, Copenhagen, Denmark.
Mynlieif, Dr. A., Breukelen, Holland.
Napier, Dr. A. D. Leith, London, England.
Nicolich Dr., Trieste, Austria.
Oberlander, Dr., Dresden, Germany.
Obersteiner, Prof., Vienna, Austria.
Pampoukis, Dr., Athens, Greece.
Pansoni, Dr., Naples, Italy.
Parker, Mr. Rushton, Liverpool, England.
Pel, Prof. P. K., Amsterdam, Holland.
Pippinskjold, Dr., Helsingfors, Finland.
Pulido, Prof. Angel, Madrid, Spain.
(29)
-ocr page 259-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
It AN WET
Lectures on Nervous Diseases.
From the Stand-Point op Cerebral and Spinal Localization, and
the Later Methods Employed in the Diagnosis and
Treatment op these Affections.
By Ambrose L. Ranney, A.M., M.D., Professor of the Anatomy and
Physiology of the Nervous System in the New York Post-Graduate
Medical School and Hospital; Professor of Nervous and Mental Diseases
in the Medical Department of the University of Vermont, etc.; Author
of "The Applied Anatomy of the Nervous System," " Practical Medical
Anatomy," etc., etc.
KJ It is now generally conceded that the nervous system controls all
of the physical functions to a greater or less extent, and also that most
of the symptoms encountered at the bedside can be explained and
interpreted from the stand-point of nervous physiology.
Profusely illustrated with original diagrams and sketches in color
by the author, carefully selected wood-engravings, and reproduced photo-
graphs of typical cases. One handsome royal octavo volume of 780 pages.
SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION, OB SENT DIRECT ON RECEIPT OF PRICE,
SHIPPING EXPENSES PREPAID.
Price, in United States, Cloth, $5.50; Sheep, $6.50; Half-Russia, $7.00.
Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $5.05; Sheep, $7.15; Half-Russia, $7.70.
Great Britain, Cloth, 32s.; Sheep, 37s. 6d.; Half-Russia, 40s. France,
Cloth, 34 fr. 70; Sheep, 40 fr. 45; Half-Russia, 43 fr. 30.
sented in compact form, and thus made easily
accessible. In our opinion, Dr. Ranney's book
ought to meet with a cordial reception at the
hands of the medical profession, for, eyen
though the author's views may he sometimes
open to question, it cannot be disputed that
his work bears evidence of scientific method
and honest opinion.—American Journal of
Insanity.
posiiwti
recently appeared in medical literature, is pre-
ST-A.Krronsrs
Practical and Scientific Physiognomy;
OK
to P2.e:a.d. Faces.
HEo
w
By Mary Olmsted Stanton. Copiously illustrated. Two large
Octavo volumes.
The author, Mrs. Mary O. Stanton, has given over twenty years to
the preparation of this work. Her style is easy, and, by her happy
method of illustration of every point, the book reads like a novel and
memorizes itself. To physicians the diagnostic information conveyed is
invaluable. To the general reader each page opens a new train of ideas.
(This book has no reference whatever to phrenology.1)
SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION, OR SENT DIRECT ON RECEIPT OF PRICE,
SHIPPING EXPENSES PREPAID.
Price, in United States, Cloth, $9.00; Sheep, $11.00; Half-Russia, $13.00.
Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $10.00; Sheep, $12.10; Half-Russia,
$14.30. Great Britain, Cloth, 56s.; Sheep, 68s.; Half-Russia, 80s.
France, Cloth, 30 fr. 30; Sheep, 36 fr. 40; Half-Russia, 43 fr, 30.
(80)
-ocr page 260-
%
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
SAJO US
Lectures on the Diseases of the IMose
and Throat.
Delivered at the Jefferson Medical College, Philadelphia.
By Charles E. Sajous, M.D. Formerly Lecturer on Rhinology and
Laryngology in Jefferson Medical College; Vice-President of the
American Laryngological Association ; Officer of the Academy of
France and of Public Instruction of "Venezuela ; Corresponding Member
of the Royal Society of Belgium, of the Medical Society of Warsaw
(Poland), and of the Society of Hygiene of France ; Member of the
American Philosophical Society, etc., etc.
tjjBT*Since the publisher-brought this valuable work before the pro-
fession, it has become: 1st, the text-book of a large number of colleges;
2d, the reference-book of the U. S. Army, Navy, and the Marine Service;
and. Sd, an important and valued addition to the libraries of over 10,000
physicians.
This book has not only the inherent merit of presenting a clear
expose of the subject, but it is written with a view to enable the general
practitioner to treat his cases himself. To facilitate diagnosis, colored
plates are introduced, showing the appearance of the different parts in
the diseased state as they appear in nature by artificial light. No error
can thus be made, as each affection of the nose and throat has its repre-
sentative in the 100 chromo-lithographs presented. In the matter of
treatment, the indications are so complete that even the slightest pro-
cedures, folding of cotton for the forceps, the use of the probe, etc., are
clearly explained.
Illustrated with 100 chromo-lithographs, from oil paintings by the
author, and 93 engravings on wood. One handsome royal octavo volume.
SOLD ONLY BY SUBSCRIPTION, OR SENT DIRECT ON RECEIPT OF PRICE,
SHIPPING EXPENSES PREPAID.
Fiice, in United States, Cloth, Royal Octavo, $1.00; Half-Russia, Royal
Octavo, $5.00. Canada (duty paid), Cloth, $1.40; Half-Russia, $5.50.
Great Britain, Cloth, 22s. 6d.; Sheep or Half-Russia, 28s. France,
Cloth, 21 fr. 60; Half-Russia, 30 fr. 30.
It is intended to furnish the general practi-      to him were they seen in the living subject,
tioner not only with a guide for the treatment      As a guide to the treatment of the nose and
of diseases of the nose and throat, but also to      throat, we can cordially recommend this work,
place before him a representation of the nor-      —Boston Medical and Surgical Journal.
mal and diseased parts as they would appear
Z3S- PSBS9.
THE CHINESE: Their Present and Future ; Medical, Political, and Social.
By ROBERT COLTMAN, Jr., M.D , Surgeon in Charge of the Presbyterian
Hospital and Dispensary at Teng Chow Fu; Consulting Physician of the American
Southern Baptist Mission Society; Examiner in Surgery and Diseases of the Eye
for the Shantung Medical Class; Consulting Physician to the English Baptist
Missions, etc. Illustrated with about Sixteen Fine Engravings from photographs
of persons, places, and objects characteristic of China. In one Octavo volume of
about 250 pages. Ready About December 1, 1891.
The author has spent many years among the Chinese; lived with them
in their dwellings; thoroughly learned the language; has become conversant
with all their strange and odd characteristics to a greater extent than almost any
other American. He has been a physician to all classes of this wonderful people,
and the opportunities thus afforded for a clear insight into the inner life of the
Chinese, their virtues and vices, political, social, and sanitary condition, probale
destiny, and their present important position in the world to-day, have been ably
and wisely used by. Dr. Coltman.
(81)
-ocr page 261-
Medical Publications of F. A. Davis, Philadelphia.
Nearly Heady. Will be Issued about October 1, 1891.
Age of the Domestic Animals.
Being a Complete Treatise on the Dentition of the Horse, Ox,
Sheep, Hog, and Dog, and on the Various Other Means
of Telling the Age of these Animals.
By Rush Shippen Huidekoper, M.D., Veterinarian, Alfort, France.
Professor of Sanitary Medicine and Veterinary Jurisprudence in the
American Veterinary College, New York; Lieutenant-Colonel and Sur-
geon-in-Chief National Guard of Pennsylvania; Fellow of the College
of Physicians, Philadelphia; Honorary Fellow of the Royal College
Veterinary Surgeons. London ; Late Dean of the Veterinary Department
University of Pennsylvania, etc., etc.
Complete in one handsome Royal Octavo volume, with about 160
Illustrations. This is one of the most important works on the domestic
animals published in recent years.
Heady Very Shortly.
A, B, C of the Swedish System of
Educational Gymnastics.
A Practical Hand-Book for School-Teachers and the Home.
By Hartvig Nissen, Instructor of Physical Training in the Public
Schools of Boston, Mass.; Instructor of Swedish and German Gymnas-
tics at Harvard University's Summer School, 1891 ; Author of " A
Manual on Swedish Movement and Massage Treatment," etc., etc.
Complete in one neat 12mo volume, bound in extra flexible cloth
and appropriately illustrated with 77 excellent engravings aptly eluci-
dating the text.
Lectures on Auto-intoxication.
By Prof. Bouchard, Paris. Translated from the French, with an
Original Appendix by the author. By Thomas Oliver, M.D., Professor
of Physiology in University of Durham, England. In Press.
(82)